On the agenda: Indian Trail meeting — DATA CENTER (Oct 13)

TOWN COUNCIL
Tom Amburgey
Todd Barber
Crystal Buchaluk
Marcus McIntyre

MAYOR
David Cohn
MAYOR PRO TEM
Clarence Alsobrooks, Jr.
TOWN MANAGER
Adam McLamb

TOWN CLERK
Trena Wiggins

Indian Trail Town Council
Regular Meeting
Tuesday, October 13, 2026
6:30 PM Regular Meeting

REGULAR MEETING
1. CALL MEETING TO ORDER – Mayor Cohn
a. Pledge of Allegiance and Moment of Reflection and/or Silence
b. Welcome and Upcoming Events
c. Mayor and Council Member Introductions
2. AGENDA ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS REQUESTS – motion as needed
3. MOTION TO APPROVE [amended] AGENDA – motion
4. PRESENTATION/RECOGNITION
5. PUBLIC COMMENTS
a. Acknowledge Public Comment Rules
 By addressing Council, you acknowledge you have read the Town’s Public Comment
Rules and will abide by them.
b. General Comments (Public)
c. Council Feedback to Public Comments (Council)
6. LAW ENFORCEMENT UPDATE - Captain Mullis
7. CONSENT AGENDA – motion
a. Approval of Regular Meeting Minutes 9-22-26
b. Approval of Closed Session Meeting Minutes 9-22-26
c. Acceptance of State Grant (Ordinances #097 & #098)
8. PUBLIC HEARING
 By addressing Council, you acknowledge you have read the Town’s Public Comment
Rules and will abide by them.
a. ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Text Amendments) (Ms. Deese) - motion
1
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 11

9. OLD BUSINESS / PROJECT UPDATE
a. Partnership for Old Monroe/Hayes Road Intersection – Updates (Mr. Huntsinger) – motion as
needed
b. Indian Trail Complete Street Phase 2 - Additional Design Scope (Mr. Huntsinger) – motion
1. Proposal for Additional Design Scope
2. Amended CPO
c. Stinson/Younts/Indian Trail Fairview Road Project Ordinance (Mr. Huntsinger) – motion
1. CPO
2. Budget Amendment
d. Chestnut Square Park Drive (Access Road) (Mr. Huntsinger) - motion
1. Proposal for Additional Services
2. Amended CPO
3. Budget Amendment
10. NEW BUSINESS
a. Grand Marshal Nominees (Mr. Kramer)
b. Right of Way Encroachment Fee Schedule Ordinance (Mr. McLamb/Mr. Huntsinger) –motion
c. State Grant Project Allocation (Mr. McLamb) – motion
11. DISCUSSION ITEMS
12. MANAGER’S UPDATE – Town Manager McLamb
13. COUNCIL MEMBER COMMENTS
14. MAYOR COHN’S CLOSING COMMENTS
15. CLOSED SESSION
1. Enter CLOSED SESSION under NCGS 143-318.11(a)(5) to establish or instruct the staff or
agent concerning the negotiation of the price and terms of a contract concerning the acquisition
of real property located at 07048019B and under NCGS 134.318.11(a)(3) to consider and give
instructions concerning the following judicial actions: Town of Indian Trail v. Liquid
Management 24CV005298-890 and 24CV005297-890 – motion
2. Return to OPEN SESSION
3. Close the Closed Session – motion
16. ADJOURN – motion

2
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 22

Town of Indian Trail
To:

Mayor and Council

From:

Trena Wiggins, Town Clerk

Meeting Date:

October 13, 2026

Subject:

Consent Agenda Items

GENERAL INFORMATION
The following items are presented for approval on the Consent Agenda:
a. Approval of Regular Meeting Minutes 9-22-26
b. Approval of Closed Session Meeting Minutes 9-22-26
c. Acceptance of State Grant (Ordinances #097 & #098)
REQUESTED ACTION
Motion for approval of items.

P.O. Box 2430 . 315 Matthews-Indian Trail Road, Indian Trail, NC . 28079 . (704) 821-5401
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 33

TOWN COUNCIL

6:30 PM REGULAR MEETING
Council Chamber
September 22, 2026
YouTube Video of September 22, 2026, Town Council Meeting

MINUTES
Present:

Mayor David Cohn; Mayor Pro Tem Clarence Alsobrooks, Council Members Tom
Amburgey, Todd Barber, Crystal Buchaluk, and Marcus McIntyre

Staff:

Town Manager Adam McLamb, Attorney Melanie Cox, Town Clerk Trena Wiggins

Regular Meeting
1. CALL MEETING TO ORDER
a. The Pledge of Allegiance and Moment of Silence
Mayor Cohn opened the Regular Town Council Meeting.
b. Welcome and Events
Mayor Cohn welcomed everyone and let them know of upcoming events.
c. Mayor and Council Member Introductions
Council Members and the Mayor introduced themselves.
2. AGENDA ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS
MOTION was made by Council Member Amburgey to remove Item 4a from the agenda as the
representative is unable to attend tonight’s meeting and was unanimously approved.
3. MOTION TO APPROVE AGENDA
MOTION was made by Council Member Amburgey to approve the amended agenda and was
unanimously approved.
4. PRESENTATIONS/RECOGNITION
a. New Business – The Palmetto School of Early Education (removed by prior motion)
b. New Business – Athletic Republic
Les Matthews introduced Athletic Republic, a new sports performance training facility opening in Indian
Trail this fall. He started the business to combine his passion for youth sports with his business

Regular Meeting Minutes 9-22-2026

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 1

Page 44

experience and looks forward to serving the community through fitness, training, and family-focused
programs. Council welcomed the new business and encouraged participation in local community events.
c. Quarterly Financial Review
Ms. Massey reviewed the town’s fourth-quarter financials and noted that FY26 financial report showed
a strong fiscal year, with overall revenues reaching an average of 106% of budget and most revenue
categories exceeding projections. Total operating expenses came within budget, with most departments
remaining at or below budgeted levels. Council members discussed the town’s year-end surplus, with
Ms. Massey estimating that between $1.5 million and $2 million will be added to the general fund
balance after accounting for transfers, capital projects, debt service, and remaining expenses.
d. Active CIP Project Update
Mr. Huntsinger provided an update on several transportation and infrastructure projects underway in the
town. He noted the construction has begun on the Chestnut Square Park Drive project, with site clearing
already completed and erosion control installation expected next. The town is awaiting final agreements
with CSX and remaining reviews and board approval from NCDOT before construction can be
authorized for the Indian Trail Road Complete Street Phase 1 project. Indian Trail Road Complete Street
Phase 2 is moving forward in design, though additional funding will be needed to account for delays,
updated standards, and utility coordination. He also reported progress on the next phase of the Chestnut
Square Park Phase 3 expansion, with design work now underway and construction anticipated to be bid
out next summer. Additionally, the town’s EV charging station project is advancing after recent action
to secure grant funding and approvals, with construction expected to begin once final design updates
and vendor contracts are completed. Council members discussed the proposed charger locations at
Chestnut Square Park and were in consensus for placing stations closer to town recreational field rather
than the nearby apartments.
Mr. Huntsinger reported that the Highway 74 Multi-Use Path/South Fork Greenway project has
completed design work and is moving into easement acquisition, with negotiations expected to take
several months. The Indian Trail-Fairview, Stinson, and Younts Road Intersection Improvement project
is awaiting final approvals before beginning design, with construction planned as a multi-year effort
funded through a partnership between the town and federal sources.
5. PUBLIC COMMENTS
a.

Mayor Cohn Acknowledgement of Public Comments Rules

b. Citizen Comments
None
c. Council’s Response
None
6. LAW ENFORCEMENT UPDATE
Captain Mullis gave a brief overview of traffic and/or crime statistics and activities of the department.
7. CONSENT AGENDA

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Approval of Regular Meeting Minutes 9-8-26
Approval of Closed Session Meeting Minutes 9-8-26
July Tax Report
August Tax Report
June Monthly Dashboard

Regular Meeting Minutes 9-22-2026

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 2

Page 55

f. July Monthly Dashboard
g. Amended Bereavement Leave Policy
h. Change Order – Bow Brook/Pioneer Culvert Project
MOTION was made by Council Member McIntyre to approve the Consent Agenda items and was
approved unanimously.
8. PUBLIC HEARING
None
9. OLD BUSINESS
a. FY27-31 CIP Adoption
Mr. McLamb led the discussion focused on the adoption of the Town’s FY2027-2031 Capital
Improvement Plan, emphasizing that approval of the CIP does not authorize or fund every project but
establishes a roadmap for future priorities. He answered questions regarding project funding sources,
which include general fund revenue, capital reserves, grants, loans, and debt financing and provided
additional details on the proposed Public Works Facility. The facility’s full buildout is estimated at
approximately $35 million, while Phase 1 is estimated at $21 million. Mr. McLamb compared financing
options, explaining that borrowing $14 million at a 5% interest rate over 20 years would result in a total
repayment of $22 million, while a pay as you go option could save money, it would delay the project by
approximately six years and prevent other capital projects from moving forward during that period.
Council discussed the need for the facility, which would provide offices, training space, lockers,
showers, and equipment storage while freeing space currently used by Public Works staff at the sheriff
office facility. He noted that the CIP currently contains funded, partially funded, unfunded and future
projects and is intended as a planning document which can be updated annually. Additional discussion
included progress on the community center design, which is expected to reach the 50% design state
within several months and be ready to support future fundraising efforts.
MOTION was made by Council Member McIntyre to approve the Town’s FY27-31 Capital
Improvement Program as presented and was unanimously approved.
b. Indian Trail Complete Street Phase 1, Additional Design Scope
1. RS&H Proposal
2. Amended CPO
3. Budget Amendment
Mr. Huntsinger presented a request for an additional $46,470 for the Indian Trail Complete Street Phase
1 project due to unexpected costs associated with responding to multiple rounds of NCDOT review
comments. Approximately $29,270 is needed for project consultant to address a second round of
comments particularly related to signal design changes resulting from updated NCDOT standards. An
additional $17,200 is needed to provide funding for construction phase design support for the consultant
to respond to field conditions, any necessary design revisions, and potential contractor questions once
construction begins.
MOTION was made by Council Member McIntyre to approve the supplemental proposal from RS&H
in the amount of $46,470 for additional services for Indian Trail Complete Street Phase 1 as presented
and was unanimously approved.

Regular Meeting Minutes 9-22-2026

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 3

Page 66

MOTION was made by Council Member McIntyre to approve the Amended Capital Project
Ordinance #096 for Indian Trail Complete Street Phase 1 as presented and was unanimously
approved.
MOTION was made by Council Member McIntyre to approve the budget amendment for Indian Trail
Complete Street Phase 1 as presented and was unanimously approved.
10. NEW BUSINESS
a. Powell Bill Discussion Regarding Funding Amounts
Council Member Barber proposed using a portion of the Town’s Powell Bill savings account to
increase funding for road resurfacing projects. He noted that $1.4 million had been budgeted for
resurfacing the previous year; all funds were not expended. He also noted that the Town’s current
pavement condition rating (PCR) is approximately 76 with a long-term goal of reaching 80 or higher.
With the money available in the account, he recommended retaining $800,000 as a reserve and
directing the remaining balance, or about $450,000 toward additional road resurfacing. Mr. McLamb
supported the one-time funding adjustment rather than an ongoing policy and explained that the
additional money, combined with the Town’s regular resurfacing funding, would increase the spring
resurfacing program to approximately $1.7 million. Faith Church Road was identified as a major
priority, which is estimated to cost about $400,000 to resurface. The enabled funding for Faith Church
Road would allow more of the existing resurfacing budget to be used on neighborhood streets,
including Brook Valley and Indian Brook subdivisions and therefore move the Town closer to its
target PCR of 80.
MOTION was made by Council Member Barber to direct town staff to utilize any amount above
$800,000 from the Powell Bill savings account for town road resurfacing and was approved
unanimously.
11. DISCUSSION ITEMS
None
12. MANAGER’S UPDATE
Mr. McLamb made general closing remarks.
13. COUNCIL COMMENTS
Council Members made general closing remarks.
14. MAYOR’S CLOSING COMMENTS
Mayor Cohn made general closing comments.
15. CLOSED SESSION

MOTION was made by Council Member Alsobrooks to enter closed session under NCGS
143-318.11(a)(5) To establish or instruct the staff or agent concerning the negotiation of the
price and terms of a contract concerning the acquisition of real property located at
07048019B and was approved unanimously.
MOTION was made by Council Member Buchaluk to close the closed session and was
approved unanimously.

Regular Meeting Minutes 9-22-2026

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 4

Page 77

18. ADJOURN
MOTION was made by Council Member Buchaluk to adjourn the meeting and was unanimously
approved.
Adopted on the 13th day of October 2026.
INDIAN TRAIL TOWN COUNCIL

___________________
David Cohn, Mayor

Regular Meeting Minutes 9-22-2026

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Attest:
_______________________
Trena Wiggins, Town Clerk

Page 5

Page 88

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

ORDINANCE #097

TOWN OF INDIAN TRAIL

AN ORDINANCE ESTABLISHING A SPECIAL RESERVE FUND- GRANT FOR
CAPITAL IMPROVMENTS PER NCGS 159-26(b) (2)
WHEREAS, on July 7,2026 Governor Stein signed Senate Bill 257 2026 Appropriations Act into
law to support the needs of local governments in North Carolina; and
WHEREAS NCGS 159-26(b)(2) authorizes the creation of a special revenue fund.
NOW, TEHREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED
SECTION 1. The Indian Trail Town Board hereby creates the Grant for Capital Improvements
Special Revenue Fund for the purposes of tracking and reporting eligible expenditures and
revenues.
SECTION 2. This special revenue fund shall remain active until June 30, 2027, unless all funds
are expended prior.
SECTION 3. Copies of this ordinance shall be furnished to the Clerk of the Town Council, to the
Budget officer and the Finance Officer for their oversight
SECTION 4 This ordinance shall be effective upon its passage.
ADOPTED BY THE TOWN COUNCIL this the 13th day of October 2026.

________________________
David Cohn, Mayor
Attest:
________________________________
Trena Wiggins, Town Cleark

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 99

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
TOWN OF INDIAN TRAIL

ORDINANCE #098

GRANT PROJECT ORDINANCE FOR THE TOWN OF INDIAN TRAIL GRANT
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS
BE IT ORDAINED by Town Council of the Town of Indian Trail, North Carolina that, pursuant
to Section 13.2 of Chapter 159 of the General Statutes of North Carolina, the following grant
project ordinance is hereby adopted:
SECTION 1: This ordinance is to establish a budget for a project to be funded by the
Appropriation Act of 2026 (SL 2026-41). The Town of Indian Trail received $200,000 in Grant
Funds as defined by S.L 2026-41 Section Sec 40.8; Committee Report Reference 13085 Budget
Management Special Appropriation Item 634. These funds may be used for the capital
improvements within the Town of Indian Trail.
SECTION 2: The following amounts are appropriated for the project and authorized for
expenditure:
Expenditures

$200,000

SECTION 3: The following revenues are anticipated to be available to complete the project:
Grant Funs

$200,000

SECTION 4: The Finance Officer is hereby directed to maintain sufficient specific detailed
accounting records to satisfy the requirements of the grantor agency and the grant agreements.
SECTION 5: The Finance Officer is hereby directed to report the financial status of the project
to the governing board on a quarterly basis.
SECTION 6: Copies of this grant project ordinance shall be furnished to the Budget Officer, the
Finance Officer and to the Clerk to Town Council.
SECTION 7: This grant project ordinance expires on June 30, 2027, or when all the SCIF Grant
funds have been obligated and expended by the town, whichever occurs sooner.
ADOPTED BY THE TOWN COUNCIL this the 13th day of October 2026.
_______________________________
David Cohn, Mayor

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Attest:
________________________________
Trena Wiggins, Town Clerk

Page 1010

Town of Indian Trail - MEMO
To:

Mayor & Town Council

From:

Tim Jones, AICP, CZO – Senior Planner

Date:

October 13, 2026

Subject:

Zoning Text Amendment ZT 2026-0095
Various UDO Amendments

GENERAL INFORMATION

Request is to amend several sections throughout the Unified Development Ordinance (UDO)
regarding needed changes resulting from legislation and other needed revisions identified in
2026. The changes will allow town staff to better serve residents and applicants.

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 1111

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

P.O. Box 2430
Indian Trail, North Carolina 28079
PLANNING DEPARTMENT
Request:

Amend UDO language for multiple sections

Location:

Applies to Town jurisdiction

Applicant:

Planning Department, Town of Indian Trail

REQUEST SUMMARY
This is a request to amend several sections throughout the Unified Development Ordinance (UDO)
regarding needed changes resulting from legislation and other needed revisions discovered by staff over
a period of time. The changes will allow town staff to better serve residents and applicants.
STAFF ANALYSIS & OVERVIEW
Based on the staff’s analysis, we offer the following modifications to the Unified Development
Ordinance for the Town Council’s consideration.
The proposed amendment includes changes to revise, remove and/or add language as shown in sections.
The following page provides an “Outline of Text Amendments” showing the letter for each section of
amendments. Each lettered section has a “Reason for Proposed Additions and Revisions” and the
“Proposed Additions and Revisions”.
For ease of reference, new text is referenced in green font. Deletions will appear in red also but with a
strikethrough line or lines such as “revised text”. Other notes to the reader will be highlighted.

1
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 1212

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

OUTLINE OF TEXT AMENDMENTS
The following sections for each set of amendments are laid out in the form of 1) title of the proposed
amendment or addition; 2) an explanation of the intent behind the changes; and 3) the actual changes
shown in the color red, additions in green, and staff notes about the revisions in yellow highlight. The
following list is similar to a table of contents showing each title.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.
R.
S.

LIMITATION OF VIOLATION HOLD DURING SITE PLAN REVIEW
DATA CENTERS
PROVIDE SAMPLE FINAL PLAT CERTIFICATION LANGUAGE
CORRECT CONTRADICTING COMBINATION / RECOMBINATION PLAT LANGUAGE
REMOVE ZERO SETBACK FROM BUSINESS/COMMERCIAL LOT STANDARDS
REVISE DOWNTOWN RESIDENTIAL SIDE SETBACKS
INDOOR AND OUTDOOR RECREATION REVISIONS
ACCESSORY DWELLING SETBACK CLARIFICATION
SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS SECTION LOCATION AND VARIOUS WALL SIGN REVISIONS
INCORPORATE PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS LANGUAGE RESULTING FROM NEW
LEGISLATION
TOWN DESIGN STANDARDS
DEFINE GARAGE
REMOVAL OF DOWNTOWN OVERLAY REFERENCES
UPDATE TO DOWN-ZONING LANGUAGE FROM NEW LEGISLATION
REMOVE CONDITIONAL ZONING REQUIREMENT FOR OPEN SPACE AND CLUSTER
SUBDIVISIONS
REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICALLY FOR DOWNTOWN LANDSCAPING
UPDATE TO CAMPAIGN/ELECTION SIGNS
CLARIFICATION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT ALLOWING STORMWATER RETENTION
STRUCTURE ENCROACHMENT INTO LANDSCAPE BUFFERS
REMOVE ALL SCHOOL DATA REQUEST REQUIREMENTS

2
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 1313

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

A. LIMITATION OF VIOLATION HOLD DURING SITE PLAN REVIEW
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Several violations in Town have involved the need for plans to be submitted to reach a state of
compliance. As plan review and project construction can be a lengthy process, additional requirement
language is needed to state the possibility for the restarting of fee penalties that were temporarily
placed on hold.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 300 DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES
Chapter 380 Site Plan Review
380.040 Review Comments, Responses and Approvals
A. [NO CHANGES TO A, C AND D.]
B. Review Comments
After Staff determines that the application package is complete, the Planning Director and/or
the Engineering Director will review site plans submitted under this Section. After the review of
the plans and if the plans are not approved, the Town will issue a letter containing review
comments. The applicant shall submit a response to each of the comments and, if applicable,
any revised plans or documents to the Town. If the site plan review is related to correcting an
active violation, refer to Section 1520.060.D for additional information related to penalties.
DIVISION 1500 VIOLATIONS, PENALTIES AND ENFORCEMENT
Chapter 1520 Remedies and Enforcement Powers
1520.060 Penalties
[NO CHANGES TO INTRODUCTION TEXT, TABLE, AND A THRU C.]
D. If a site plan review and following construction is aiding to bring a violation into compliance with
town policies or this ordinance and the violation process was put on a temporary hold, applicant
response periods cannot be on hold indefinitely. The Planning Director will determine if the
applicant is responding to Town comments in a timely manner and making reasonable progress
to achieve project completion. If insufficient progress is determined, the violation process and
fines must restart.

3
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 1414

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

B. DATA CENTERS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Development of data centers is exponentially growing locally as well as nationally and, in some cases,
the demands for land and impacts on resources and the environment, can be significant. The following
proposed additions to the UDO help to apply some standards to possible future data center proposals.

NEW CHAPTER OUTLINE
DIVISION 700 SUPPLEMENTARY USE REGULATIONS
Chapter 7280 Data Centers [ALL NEW CHAPTER.]
7280.010 Plan Submittal Requirements
7280.020 Site
A. Lot Setbacks
B. Landscape Buffers
1. Perimeter Landscape Buffers
2. Mechanical Equipment Screening
C. Parking
D. Exterior Lighting
7280.030 Utilities
A. Water and Sewer
B. Power Supply
1. Power Capacity
2. Renewable Energy
7280.040 Environmental
A. Air Quality
B. Groundwater Protection
C. Noise
1. Sound Study
2. Generators

4
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 1515

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 500 BASE ZONING DISTRICTS
Chapter 560 Permitted Uses
560.010 Table of Permitted Uses
Table 500-4: Table of Permitted Uses
Residential Districts

Downtown Districts

Industrial Districts

Overlays

RSF

SF-1

SF-2

SF-3

SF-4

SF-5

MFR

NBD

GBD

RBD

I

DCD

DTD

DTD-R

L-I

H-I

O-MUAC
O-SRAC

Data Center

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

C

C

X

See Chapter 7280, Data Centers.

3

Freestanding Wireless
Tower

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

P

P

P

C

C

C

P

P

C

See Chapter 7180, Wireless Communication
Antennas and Towers.

2

Radio or TV Station

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

P

P

X

X

X

P

X

X

Small Cell Wireless Tower

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

Utilities, Major

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

X

X

X

C

C

C

Utilities, Minor

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Wireless Tower or
Antenna co-located on
existing building,
structure or tower

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Use Category

Communication
Services, Data
Support and
Utilities

Business, Office and Institutional
Districts

Use Type

Use Specific Standards

Land Use
Group

2
* Must comply with G.S. 160D, Article 9, Part 3.
Wireless Telecommunications Facilities.
See Section 110.080, Authorization of
Exemption, for exemptions. See Chapter 770.
Electric Substations.

3

2

See Chapter 7170, Wireless Communication
Antennas and Towers.

Note: Only showing necessary portions of the use table columns and rows to depict the changes.

5
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 1616

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

DIVISION 700 SUPPLEMENTARY USE REGULATIONS
Chapter 7280 Data Centers
Data center use is classified as data support in the overall use category. Refer to the permitted use table
in Chapter 570 – Table of Permitted Uses for the data center permitted use. Data centers must follow
the requirements of this Chapter 7280 as well as other applicable requirements in this UDO.
7280.010 Plan Submittal Requirements
A Conditional Zoning process is required for a data center development. The Conditional Zoning
application submittal for a data center use requires the following in addition to any other requirements
that apply in this ordinance.
A. A letter of intent describing the facility, location, number of buildings, and proposed power and
water consumption plans.
B. A copy of the lease or sale agreement document.
C. Copies of approvals, licenses or permits from outside governments or agencies applicable to the
development.
D. System Impact Study for power, water and sewer effects on the location area.
7280.020 Site
A. Lot Setbacks and Distances
The following setbacks and distances apply to the Data Center use for the primary data center
facility, associated equipment, and any accessory structures.
Table 700-99: Building Setbacks and Distances for Data Centers, Associated Equipment and
Accessory Structures
Building Setbacks and Distance Requirements
Setbacks – Front, Rear and Sides (min. feet)
Minimum Distance to Off-Site Structures for Residence, Day Care,
Office, Recreation Uses, Religious Facilities, School Facilities and
Any Related Outdoor Activity Areas
Minimum Distance to RSF District or Agricultural Use

Feet
200
1,000
500

B. Landscape Buffers
All data center operations must provide landscape buffer yards and screening along all property
boundary lines. The landscape buffers offer some sound buffering as well as softening the
industrial, utility design of a building with, typically, no windows and just tall walls and rooftop
or site equipment.

6
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 1717

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
1. Perimeter Landscape Buffers
Landscape buffers are required inside the perimeter of each development. No matter the
depth of the setback from the exterior property lines, the standards in Table 700-99 are to
be applied starting from the property lines. If another section of the UDO pertaining to
landscape buffers applies, the more stringent of the two must apply.
Table 700-99: Data Center Landscape Buffer Standards1

Depth (min.)
Order from Property Line

Canopy Tree Spacing2
Evergreen Tree Rows
Shrub Hedge Spacing
Wall Height (min.)3
Wall Opacity (min.)

Frontage Landscape Buffer
Options
Shallow Buffer
Deep Buffer
w/ Wall
w/ No Wall
25 feet
50 feet
Shrub hedge,
Shrub hedge,
canopy trees,
canopy trees,
evergreen
evergreen
trees, wall
trees
25 ft on center
1
Continuous
9 feet
90%

25 ft on center
2
Continuous
NA
NA

Rear and Sides Landscape Buffer
Options
Shallow Buffer Deep Buffer w/
w/ Wall
No wall
25 feet
50 feet
Shrub hedge,
Shrub hedge,
wall, canopy
canopy trees,
trees,
evergreen trees
evergreen
trees
25 ft on center 25 ft on center
1
2
Continuous
Continuous
9 feet
NA
90%
NA

1 If Planning Director determines the existing vegetation will suffice for buffering purposes, the Director may

approve portions of the existing perimeter to remain.

2 Large and medium deciduous trees only for the Canopy Trees.
3 Wall can be used in combination with a berm to shorten the height of the wall but still achieve a total of 9 feet

in height with the wall and berm. See UDO Section 810.080, Size and Design of Required Buffers, for
guidance.

2. Mechanical Equipment Screening
All exterior mechanical equipment around or on top of the facility (or each facility if
multiples) must be completely screened from public view such as road frontages or public
sidewalks. Such screening may take the form of landscaping, walls, roof screen wall,
enclosure within a building, etc.
C. Parking
See Chapter 1020 – Off-Street Parking Requirements for data center parking regulations.
D. Exterior Lighting
A photometric plan will be required for the Site Plan Review application submittal plan set and
must follow the exterior lighting requirements in Chapter 1330 – Lighting Standards.
7280.030 Utilities
A. Water and Sewer
1. The Union County Water Department provides public water and sewer systems. Union
County Water Department manages the review of all new project plans and requests for
7
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 1818

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
capacity. Any use of potable water requires approval and/or an agreement with the Union
County Water Department.
2. Any water cooling system must be a closed-loop, recycled, or water-efficient water system.
The system must meet standards, requirements and obtain permits from the Union County
Water Department.
B. Power Supply
1. Power Capacity
Provide written verification of the following for the Conditional Zoning application
submittal:
a. Adequate capacity is available on the existing power utility system for the use
including the systems designed for cooling and operation of the facility.
b. If any part of the existing power utility system capacity is lacking, describe what
improvements must be made.
c. Power utility equipment and related electrical infrastructure are adequately sized.
d. No negative impacts are projected to occur on or off the operating premises from
facility use such as electrical interference or fluctuations in line voltage.
2. Renewable Energy
The Town encourages the use of renewable energy sources to reduce the impact of the
development on the existing power infrastructure. When submitting the Conditional Zoning
application, provide a statement if any renewable energy methods are to be proposed and,
if so, a description of how it/they will be applied.
7280.040 Environmental
The following must be considered when proposing new data center developments.
A. Air Quality
Airborne pollutant facility or site emissions such as dust, gases, smoke must not cross beyond
the property lines.
B. Groundwater Protection
Groundwater wells must not be used for a data center’s water supply.
C. Noise
1. Sound Study
Any application to the Town requesting site or building permits for a data center must
include a completed sound study by an acoustical consultant or acoustical engineer that will
become the baseline for noise at the site to be used in the impact calculation for the total
estimated noise. The study will also include analysis of infrasonic sounds from a proposed
data center development if applicable.

8
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 1919

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
2. Sound Standards
Sound levels are not to be exceeded based on the adjacent zoning district or overlay. The
requirements are in Table 700-99 below.
Table 700-99: Maximum Sound Levels by Districts/Overlays
Districts / Overlays
Residential Districts
Business, Office and Institutional Districts
Downtown Districts
Overlays
Industrial Districts

Maximum Sound Level
55 dBA
65 dBA
55 dBA
60 dBA
70 dBA

3. Generators
Generators must not be used as a primary source of power for the data center or any
accessory equipment on the site. Generators may be used temporarily for emergency use.
No testing of or maintenance requiring the operation of generators is prohibited between
the hours of 5:00 pm and 9:00 am. Fuel storage must follow all applicable standards such as
the fire code and NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) standards.
DIVISION 800 LANDSCAPING
Chapter 810 Buffer Yards, Parking Lots and Street Frontages
810.040 Landscape Buffer Yards
A. [NO CHANGES TO A THRU E.]
F. Data Centers
Refer to Chapter 7280 – Data Centers for associated landscape buffer requirements.
Table 800-1: Buffer Matrix

Proposed Use
Single-Family/Two-Family
Attached Single-Family
Multi-Family
Group 1 Use
Group 2 Use
Group 3 Use

Buffer Matrix (Required Buffer Width [feet])*
Abutting Use or Zoning and Required Buffer Width
Single-Family/Two
Attached
Multiple- Group 1 Group 2
Family
Single-Family
Family
0
0
0
0
0
50
25
0
0
0
50
50
0
0
0
25
25
15
0
0
25
25
15
15
0
50
50
50
15
15

Group 3
0
0
0
0
0
0

* Note: Refer to Chapter 7280 for data center-related buffer requirements.

9
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 2020

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
810.050 Land Use Groups
Land uses shall be assigned to land use intensity groups in accordance with the following table:
Table 800-2: Land Use Intensity Groupings
Land Use Intensity Group Designation
Group 3
Data Center
Junkyards
Manufacturing, Processing, Assembly
Open Storage
Open Uses of Land – Salvage and Recycling
Places of Assembly (Entertainment)

Railroad Switching and Classification Yard
Transportation Facilities
Truck Terminal
Warehousing
Warehouse
Warehouse, Mini

Note: Only showing necessary portions of the table columns and rows to depict the changes.

DIVISION 1000 PARKING
Chapter 1020 Off-Street Parking Requirements
1020.010 Minimum Parking Requirements
Use Category
Communication Services

Specific Use
Data Center – Primary

Parking Requirement
1 space per employee on
the maximum shift plus 3
visitor spaces

Bike Rack Requirement
NA

DIVISION 1600 TERMINOLOGY AND MEASUREMENTS
Chapter 1620 Definitions
1620.030 Definitions – “C”
J. Communication Services, Data Support and Utilities Use Category and Services [MOVED FROM
1630.070 PUBLIC AND CIVIC USE GROUP.]
A. Data Center
A facility used primarily for the storage, management, processing, and transmission of digital
data, which houses computer or network equipment, systems, servers, appliances and other
associated components related to digital data or telecommunication operations. Supporting
infrastructure may also include air handlers, power generators, water cooling and storage
facilities, utility substations, and other associated utility infrastructure to support sustained
operations at the Data Center. Data center associated terms are defined as follows:
1. Closed-Loop Water Cooling System
System circulating water within a closed circuit with equipment absorbing heat and then
10
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 2121

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
releasing that heat out through a heat exchanger or cooling tower. The intent of the system
is to minimize water loss and impact on water resources.
2. Data Center Accessory Uses or Structures
Uses or structures secondary to the primary Data Center Facility and located on the
development site, including but not limited to: administrative, logistical, fiber optic, storage,
security structures, temporary-use generators, electrical substations, renewable energy
systems, utility lines, cooling water and wastewater facilities, water holding structures,
pump stations, and cooling towers.
3. Primary Data Center Facility
A building that contains the main offices and/or data storage functions of a Data Center.

C. PROVIDE SAMPLE FINAL PLAT CERTIFICATION LANGUAGE
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The existing section of the UDO pertaining to plat certification language did not provide a sample
certification block as some other communities provide in their ordinances. These revisions provide those
examples and some clarification language, a new review officers section, and a new section with
required notes on Final Plats with a BMP pond.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 300 DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES
Chapter 370 Subdivisions
370.060 Certifications Required from Applicant
Before the Planning Director accepts a final plat for a major subdivision, the following certifications shall
appear on all copies of the final plat:. If a secure digital certificate system is used with electronic
signatures, confirm that all signatures that require a notary’s electronic seal are done with a
commissioned notary that is authorized to perform such notarizations.
A. Certificate of Ownership and Dedication
1. The applicant must certify that they are the owner of the property shown and described,
which is located in the Corporate Limits of the Town of Indian Trail and that the plan of
subdivision establishes minimum building setback lines, and street dedications, walks, parks,
and other sites and easements to public or private use as noted consistent with the
requirements of this ordinance. Furthermore, the applicant must dedicate all sanitary sewer
and water lines to the appropriate agency.
2. All such certifications must be dated, signed, and notarized by a notary public.
11
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 2222

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

3. Sample Certificate:
OWNERSHIP AND DEDICATION CERTIFICATE
I (we) hereby certify that I am (we are) the owner(s) of the property
shown and described hereon, which is located in the Corporate Limits
of the Town of Indian Trail and that I (we) hereby adopt this plan of
subdivision with my (our) free consent, establish building setback
lines, and dedicate all streets, alleys, walks, parks, and other sites and
easements to public or private use as noted. Furthermore, I (we)
dedicate all sewer lines and all water lines to the Union County Water
Department, if applicable.
________________
Date

_______________________________
Owner(s)

I, _____________, a notary public of ____________ County, North
Carolina, do hereby certify that ______________________ personally
appeared before me this day and acknowledged the due execution of
the foregoing certificate.
Witness my hand and official seal this ___ day of ________, 20___.
My commission expires: _________ _______________________
NOTARY PUBLIC
B. Certificate of Survey and Survey Accuracy
1. The professional surveyor must certify as to the accuracy and detail of surveys of properties
that are part of a subdivision and to the source of information for which the survey is based.
The surveyor must certify that the survey map was prepared in accordance with G.S. 47-30
as amended.
2. The surveyor must sign, seal, and date the survey and they must include their professional
registration or license number.
3. All signatures of professional surveyors must be witnessed by a notary public.

12
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 2323

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

4. Sample Certificate:
CERTIFICATE OF SURVEYORS RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACCURACY
I (we), __________________________________, certify that this plat
was drawn under my supervision from an actual survey made under
my supervision (deed description recorded in Book ___, page ___,
etc.) (other); that the boundaries not surveyed are clearly indicated as
drawn from information found in Book ____, page ____; that the ratio
of precision or positional accuracy as calculated is ____; that this plat
was prepared in accordance with G.S. 47-30 as amended. Witness my
original signature, license number and seal this ___ day of ___, A.D.,
____, _____.
Seal or Stamp
C. Division of Highways District Engineer Certificate
1. If the plat involves an NCDOT roadway, check with NCDOT to determine if they need to have
the certificate on the plat.
2. 1. The District Engineer of the NC Division of Highways must certify that the streets on this
plat designated as public are or will be in accordance with the minimum right-of-way and
construction standards established by the Board of Transportation for acceptance on the
state highway system.
3. 2. The District Engineer should further certify that the streets on the plat designated as
private streets do not satisfy the minimum right-of-way and construction standards
established by the Board of Transportation and that such streets will not be accepted on the
state highway system.
4. Sample Certificate:
DISTRICT ENGINEER
I, the District Engineer of the NC Division of Highways, hereby certify
that the streets on this plat designated as public are or will be in
accordance with the minimum right-of-way and construction
standards established by the Board of Transportation for acceptance
on the state highway system. I further certify that the streets on the
plat designated as private streets do not satisfy the minimum right-ofway and construction standards established by the Board of
Transportation and that such streets will not be accepted on the state
highway system.
_________________________
NCDOT District Engineer

________________
Date

13
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 2424

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
D. Certification NCDOT District Engineer and Town Engineering Director for Roads
1. NCDOT Certification of Public Roads
a. The District Engineer of the NC Division of Highways must certify that the streets on
this plat designated as public are or will be in accordance with the minimum rightof-way and construction standards established by the Board of Transportation for
acceptance on the state highway system.
b. Sample Certificate:
DISTRICT ENGINEER CERTIFICATION OF PUBLIC ROADS
I, the District Engineer of the NC Division of Highways,
hereby certify that the streets on the plat designated as
public are or will be in accordance with the minimum
right-of-way and construction standards established by
the Board of Transportation for acceptance on the state
highway system.
_________________________
NCDOT District Engineer

________________
Date

2. Town Engineering Director Certification of Private Streets
a. 2. The Town Engineering Director should further certify that the streets on the plat
designated as private streets have been designed to satisfy the minimum right-ofway and construction standards established by the Town of Indian Trail Land
Development Standards for private streets. These streets will not be accepted on
the Town roadway system, so the Town is not liable for the maintenance and repair
of the streets.
b. Sample Certificate:
CERTIFICATE OF ENGINEERING DIRECTOR APPROVAL
I, the Engineering Director for the Town of Indian Trail,
hereby certify that the streets on this plat that are
designated as private streets have been designed to
satisfy the minimum right-of-way and construction
standards established by the Town of Indian Trail Land
Development Standards for private streets. These streets
will not be accepted on the Town roadway system, so the
Town is not liable for the maintenance and repair of the
streets.
____________________ ________________
Engineering Director Date

14
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 2525

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
3. Town Engineering Director Certification of Public Streets
a. The Town Engineering Director for the Town of Indian Trail must certify that the
streets on this plat are designated as public are or will be in accordance with the
minimum right-of-way and construction standards established by the Town of
Indian Trail in the Town Land Development Standards for acceptance on the Town
roadway system.
b. Sample Certificate:
CERTIFICATE OF TOWN ENGINEERING DIRECTOR
APPROVAL
I, the Engineering Director for the Town of Indian Trail,
hereby certify that the streets on this plat that are
designated as public are or will be in accordance with the
minimum right-of-way and construction standards
established by the Town of Indian Trail in the Town Land
Development Standards for acceptance on the Town
roadway system.
____________________
Engineering Director

________________
Date

E. Certification by the Planning Director
1. The Planning Director must certify that the final plat satisfies all the requirements of this
Ordinance.
2. The Planning Director must certify that all streets, utilities, and other required
improvements shown on the plat have been installed or completed in a acceptable manner
or that their installation or completion (within 24 months after the date below) has been
assured by the posting of a performance bond or other sufficient surety, and that the
subdivision shown on this plat is in all respects in compliance with the Town of Indian Trail
specifications and standards, and the filing fee for this plat has been paid. The Planning
Director will certify the approval of the final plat and such certification will be valid provided
the plat is recorded with Union County Register of Deeds within 30 days.

15
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 2626

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

3. Sample Certificate:
CERTIFICATE OF PLANNING DIRECTOR APPROVAL
I, the Planning Director for the Town of Indian Trail, hereby certify
that the final plat satisfies all the requirements of the Town’s
Unified Development Ordinance. I further certify that all streets,
utilities, and other required improvements shown on the plat
have been installed or completed in an acceptable manner or that
their installation or completion (within 24 months after the date
below) has been assured by the posting of a performance bond or
other sufficient surety, and that the subdivision shown on this plat
is in all respects in compliance with the Town of Indian Trail
specifications and standards. The Planning Director will certify the
approval of the final plat and such certification will be valid
provided the plat is recorded with Union County Register of Deeds
within 30 days.
____________________
Planning Director

________________
Date

F. Review Officer Certificate
1. Even though a sample certificate is provided below, check with the Union County Review
Officer to see that the correct and current certificate language is used. The County’s
requirements will supersede the following sample certificate.
2. Sample Certificate:
REVIEW OFFICER
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
COUNTY OF UNION
I, _______________________, Review Officer of Union County,
certify that the map or plat to which this certification is affixed
meets all statutory requirements for recording.
____________________
Review Officer

________________
Date

G. Required Notes on Final Plats with a BMP Pond
1. Residential Final Plat Note:
 The purpose of the BMP is to treat/reduce the pollutants associated with stormwater
runoff in order to minimize negative effects to downstream receiving waters. The
easement around the BMP is to allow stormwater conveyance and system maintenance.
The removal of plants or disturbance of the BMP structure or otherwise affecting the
16
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 2727

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
overall functionality of the BMP for reasons other than maintenance is strictly
prohibited.
2. Nonresidential Final Plat Notes:
 This property contains water quality features that must be maintained according to the
operations and maintenance agreement and plan recorded in Deed Book ____ and
Pages _____.
 Homeowners association will be responsible for the ownership and maintenance of
open space, common areas, BMP areas, median areas, landscape areas, private
stormwater easements, wall easements, all stormwater control measures, and
conservation lands.
 Undisturbed open space area: Future disturbance is prohibited in these areas except for
greenway trails with unlimited public access, new utility lines and channel
work/maintenance by Union County Water Department (UCW).
 The purpose of the BMP is to treat/reduce the pollutants associated with stormwater
runoff in order to minimize negative effects to downstream receiving waters. The
easement around the BMP is to allow stormwater conveyance and system maintenance.
The removal of plants or disturbance of the BMP structure or otherwise affecting the
overall functionality of the BMP for reasons other than maintenance is strictly
prohibited.
370.130 Minor Subdivisions, Lot Line Adjustments Or Lot Combinations/Recombinations
A. [NO CHANGES TO A, B, C, D, F AND G.]
E. Certification
1. In the abbreviated procedure for plats that are not part of a major subdivision, the
certifications for the final plats shall be the same as required in the normal review
procedure as specified in Section 370.060. The certification of approval shall appear on the
plan or plat sheet and include certification from the Planning Director that the minor
subdivision, lot line adjustment, or lot recombination, or lot recombination shown on the
plat is in compliance with the Indian Trail Unified Development Ordinance and such
certification will be valid provided the applicant records the subdivision in the Office of the
Union County Register of Deeds within 30 days. The applicant shall email a PDF file of the
recorded plat to the Planning Department.
2. A lot recombination plat that, after staff review, is found to qualify as exempt, does not
require the certification language for, nor signature of the Planning Director.

17
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 2828

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

3. Sample Certificate:
CERTIFICATE OF PLANNING DIRECTOR APPROVAL
I, the Planning Director for the Town of Indian Trail, hereby certify
that the minor subdivision shown on this plat is in all respects in
compliance with the Town’s Unified Development Ordinance, and
therefore this plat has been approved by the Town of Indian Trail
Planning Director, subject to its being recorded in the office of the
Union County Register of Deeds within 30 days of the date below.
____________________
Planning Director

________________
Date

D. CORRECT CONTRADICTING COMBINATION / RECOMBINATION PLAT
LANGUAGE
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The revisions in this section correct a contradiction between two areas of the UDO. Combination and
recombination plats (see proposed definition herein for description) can qualify to be exempt from
subdivision requirements if certain conditions are met per NC state law. If

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 300 DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES
Chapter 370 Subdivisions
370.130 Minor Subdivisions, Lot Line Adjustments or Lot Combinations/Recombinations
A. Purpose
An abbreviated process shall be permitted to simplify and speed up expedite the review
procedure for handling minor subdivisions, lot line adjustments, or lot combinations, or lot
recombinations without undermining the objectives of the subdivision regulations. Minor
subdivisions and lot line adjustments must have the standard certifications to be signed by the
Planning Director and the Engineering Director if applicable. Lot combinations and
recombinations are typically exempt from subdivision regulations and not subject to approval or
disapproval by certification by the Town but must be reviewed to confirm the plat meets the
exemption standard as explained below in C., Lot Line Adjustment or
Combination/Recombination. [MOVED ->] however, in order for the combination or
recombination to be equal to or exceed the standards of the Town and requirements of this
UDO, combination and recombination plats will be reviewed but not certified on the plat when
approved. [<- MOVED TO “2.c” BELOW.] This process will ensure that all plats are consistent

18
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 2929

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
with this section so accurate records are maintained by Union County and the Town of Indian
Trail.
B. [NO CHANGES TO B, D, F AND G.]
C. Lot Line Adjustment or Combination/Recombination
1. Lot Line Adjustment
A lot line adjustment is the relocation of an existing lot line or lines to a new location that
does not result in:
a. The creation of a new lot in addition to the existing lots;
b. The modification of an existing lot to a new configuration that does not fails to meet
the minimum standards of this ordinance.
c. Review Process
Lot line adjustments are reviewed by the Town as a plat revision and, if approved,
must be certified by the Town.
2. Combination or Recombination Plat
a. [MOVED TO HERE ->] however, in order for For combination and recombination
plats to be equal to or exceed the standards of the Town and requirements of this
UDO, combination and recombination plats staff will be reviewed the plat but not
certifyied on the plat when if staff confirm the exemption standard is met approved.
[<- MOVED FROM “A” ABOVE.] In addition to confirming the exemption, some
proposed changes may be inaccurate due to the following errors: not being in
compliance with this ordinance’s requirements; revisions contrary to existing
conditional zoning conditions; revisions affecting unsuspecting adjacent property
owners; or inaccurate data on the plat. See Section 1620.160 for each definition of
combination and recombination plats.
b. A combination or recombination of portions of previously subdivided and recorded
lots where total number of lots is not increased and the resultant lots are equal to
or exceed the standards of the municipality. plat shall be exempt from subdivision
regulations if the conditions are met in Section 1110.040 Exemptions. If there are no
other revisions on the plat qualifying as plat revisions, Town certification language
nor signature blank shall not appear on the plat.
c. If the plat does not meet the exemption standard and/or contains revisions or
conflicts, the plat must be reviewed as a plat revision review and, if approved,
certified by the Planning Director with the applicable certification language.
E. Certification
In the abbreviated procedure, the certifications for the final plats shall be the same as required
in the normal review procedure as specified in Section 370.060. The certification of approval
shall appear on the plan or plat sheet and include certification from the Planning Director that
the minor subdivision, or lot line adjustment, or lot recombination shown on the plat is in
compliance with the Indian Trail Unified Development Ordinance and such certification will be
19
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 3030

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
valid provided the applicant records the subdivision in the Office of the Union County Register of
Deeds within 30 days. The applicant shall email a PDF file of the recorded plat to the Planning
Department. Combination and recombination plats are exempt from needing a signature, but,
as mentioned in “C.2.c” above, still requires review to confirm that the plat is only a plat
recombination and not, for example, containing changes requiring a plat revision review process
requiring a Town certification.
DIVISION 1600 TERMINOLOGY AND MEASUREMENTS
Chapter 1620 Definitions
1620.160 Definitions - "P"
Plat, Combination
A plat joining lots from the same owner with matching zoning districts, and the total number of lots is
not increased. It is possible to have a plat that involves both a combination and recombination action.
See Subdivision Regulations Section 1110.040 for what qualifies as an exemption from the subdivision
regulations.
Plat, Recombination
A plat rearranging boundaries among two or more existing lots with matching zoning districts, and the
total number of lots is not increased. It is possible to have a plat that involves both a combination and
recombination action. See Subdivision Regulations Section 1110.040 for what qualifies as an exemption
from the subdivision regulations.

E. REMOVE ZERO SETBACK FROM BUSINESS/COMMERCIAL LOT STANDARDS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The range from 0 to 10 or 15 feet for the overlays was conflicting with landscaping requirements so
revisions were made to reflect more logical setback minimums.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 500 BASE ZONING DISTRICTS
Chapter 530 Business and Commercial Zoning
530.040 Lot and Building Standards
All residential and nonresidential development in business districts must comply with the lot and
building standards of Table 500-2, except as otherwise expressly provided. Rules for measuring
compliance with the lot and building standards established in Table 500-2 and applicable exceptions to
the standards can be found in the Development Review Procedures, DIVISION 300.

20
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 3131

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

A. Lot Size, Density, Setback and Height Table
Table 500-2: Business and Commercial Lot, Density, Setback and Building Height
Lot and Building
NBD
Standards 1
Lot Size
Lot Area (min.)
6,000 sq ft
Lot Area Per
6,000 sq ft
Dwelling Unit (min.)
Lot Width (min.)
60 ft
Building Setbacks and Height
Front Setback (min.
25 ft; 15 if parking
unless range
is located behind
2
provided)
building
Rear Setback –
Not Abutting
Residential (min.)
Rear Setback Abutting
Residential (min.)
Side Setback – Not
Abutting Residential
(min. unless range
provided)
Side Setback Abutting Residential
(min.)
Side Setback Abutting a Street
(min.)
Maximum Height

Max. Building Area
(Gross Floor Area
(GFA) for individual
establishments/
uses on a single
building floor level)

GBD

RBD

O-NSAC, O-MUAC
and O-SRAC

6,000 sq ft

8,000 sq ft

NA

6,000 sq ft

6,000 sq ft

NA

60 ft

60 ft

NA

25 ft; 15 if parking
is located behind
building

40 ft; 20 if parking
is located behind
building

0-15 (max.)
15 ft and parking
located behind
building

12.5 ft

12.5 ft

20 ft

NA 10 ft

15 ft

20 ft

20 ft

15 ft

10 ft

10 ft

10 ft

0-10 ft 10 ft

15 ft

20 ft

20 ft

15 ft

25 ft; 15 if parking
is located behind
building

25 ft; 15 if parking
is located behind
building

40 ft; 20 if parking
is located behind

0-15 ft (max.) 15 ft

50 ft

50 ft

70 ft

70 ft (45 for single
family detached &
attached
residential)

15,000 sq ft

35,000 sq ft

None

15,000 sq ft

3

1 See Residential Lot Standards Table for Residential Uses Permitted in Non-Residential Districts.
2 Maximum front setback may be modified by the Planning Director based on impacts from planned road widenings,

locations of utilities, and the character of the existing and proposed development.
3 For NBD, GBD, and O-VCD listed GFA maximums do not include Grocery Stores, Convention Facilities, Banquet
Halls, Indoor Recreation Facilities, Hotels, Apartments, and Theaters.

21
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 3232

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

F. REVISE DOWNTOWN RESIDENTIAL SIDE SETBACKS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Side setback took too much of the limited space on a Downtown lot. The minimum side setback total of
30 feet wide would only leave 20 feet of width for a new home. This revision will reduce the side
setbacks for DTD-R to allow at least a minimum width of 30 feet for a new home.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 500 BASE ZONING DISTRICTS
Chapter 560 Downtown Zoning Districts
560.030 Lot and Building Standards
[NO CHANGES TO INTRODUCTION TEXT.]
A. Lot Size, Density, Setback and Height
Table 500-4: Downtown Lot, Density, Setback and Height Standards
Lot and Building Standards
LOT SIZE
Lot Area
Lot Area Per Dwelling Unit (min. sq. ft.)
Lot Width (min. ft.)
BUILDING SETBACKS AND HEIGHT
Front Setback (min. ft.)
Rear Setback – Not Abutting Residential (min. feet)
Rear Setback – Abutting Residential (feet)
Side Setback – Not Abutting Residential (feet)
Side Setback – Abutting Residential (feet)
Side Corner (min. ft.)
Accessory Structure Setback
(min. feet from side and rear property lines) (1)
Accessory Structure Setback - Corner Lot Street Side
(min. feet from side and rear property lines) (1)
Maximum Height (feet)
Maximum Building Area (Gross Floor Area (GFA) for
individual establishments/ uses on a single building
floor level) (3)

DCD

DTD

DTD-R

NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA

NA
8,000
50

None
None
15 max.
10 max.
15 max.
None
5

10
30 min.
10 min.
15 min.
10
5

25
30
30 min.
10 min.
15 10 min.
10
5

5

10

10

50
15,000 sq.
ft.

50
20,000 sq.
ft.

50
NA

Note: Only showing necessary portions of the table columns and rows to depict the changes.

22
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 3333

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

G. INDOOR AND OUTDOOR RECREATION REVISIONS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The existing ordinance provides a small and large Indoor Recreational Facility use but provides no guidance in facility square footage sizes for each. After researching other
communities, we did not find a clear standard that exists to differentiate the two. The revisions below merge both uses into one use, Indoor Recreational Facility. We
determined that the maximum gross floor area requirements in DIVISION 500 will provide the size parameters necessary.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Chapter 560 Permitted Uses
560.010 Table of Permitted Uses
Table 500-4: Table of Permitted Uses

Recreation

Use
Cat.

Use Type

RSF

SF-1

SF-2

SF-3

SF-4

SF-5

MFR

NBD

GBD

RBD

I

DCD

DTD

DTD
-R

L-I

H-I

Overlays1
O-MUAC/
O-SRAC

Recreational
Facility, Indoor
Small

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

X

CP

X

P

2

Recreational
Facility, Indoor
Large

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

C

P

P

P

C

C

X

P

X

C

2

C

C

C

C

C

C

X

C

P

P

P

C

C

X

P

X

C

2

Use Specific
Standards

Land
Use
Group

Recreational
Facility, Outdoor

Note: Only showing necessary portions of the use table columns and rows to depict the changes.

23
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 3434

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

H. ACCESSORY DWELLING SETBACK CLARIFICATION
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Some applicants have been assuming that accessory dwellings have the same setbacks as other
accessory structures such as a shed, for example. This revision is to clearly state that the accessory
dwelling units follow the same setbacks as the primary structure.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 700 SUPPLEMENTARY USE REGULATIONS
Chapter 710 Accessory Uses and Structures
710.070 Accessory Apartment, Temporary Health Care Structure and Prohibited Dwelling Units
Standards
A. Accessory Apartment
Accessory apartment is defined in UDO Section 1620.010. The following regulations shall apply
to all accessory apartment uses:
1. [NO CHANGES TO 1 AND 3 THRU 7.]
2. An accessory apartment may be attached to the primary residential dwelling unit, or in a
detached structure, on the same residential lot, provided that all lot coverage and setbacks
for such an apartment are met as stated in the ordinance. The setbacks for accessory
apartments are based on the primary structure’s setbacks and not the setbacks for
accessory structures in Section 710.040 Lot and Building Standards.
B. [NO CHANGES TO B AND C.]

I. SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS SECTION LOCATION AND VARIOUS WALL SIGN
REVISIONS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
These revisions are to relocate the overall requirements tables to the front instead of the back of the
sign division and to reformat the business/commercial/industrial sign requirements table into a userfriendly format. Revisions were also made to Table 900-8 for the business/commercial/downtown
signage to clarify requirements, to limit visual clutter, allow proper illumination of signs in all districts,
and identify number of wall signs to allow.

24
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 3535

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 900 SIGNS
Chapter 920 Sign Area and Height Sign Requirements
920.010 9160.040 Table of Sign Requirements Overview
[ALL EXISTING MATERIAL IN BLACK MOVED FROM CHAPTER 9160, “ADMINISTRATION, ENFORCEMENT,
APPEALS AND PENALTIES”.]
A. The signs in the tables are permitted with a permit as an accessory use to a principal permitted
use in the respective districts.
B. Uses not indicated shall be placed in the category having similar uses by action of the Planning
and Zoning Board in a quasi-judicial proceeding. At such time, sign requirements for such uses
shall be established.
C. Permitted Sign Table – Residential Districts
Business or identification signs in Residential Districts are subject to the following limitations:
Table 900-6: Residential and Businesses/ in Residential Districts Identification Sign Requirements
Use Classification

Maximum
Number

Maximum Sign
Face Area (sf)

Allowed
Sign Type

Maximum Height of
Freestanding Sign
(Feet)

Single-Family Home,
1
1.5 sf
Wall
NA
Two-Unit Dwelling
Multi-Family
2 per frontage
18
Wall
NA
Residential Subdivision
2 per frontage
20
Ground
7
Manufactured Home Park
1 per frontage
18
Ground
6
Daycare Center*
Wall or
1 per frontage
24 square feet
6
(Adult or Child Care)
Ground
Public Schools*
64 sf including
Union County Public
Ground
6
bulletin board
Schools see Chapter 7250
Churches, Synagogues or
32 sf including
1 per frontage
Ground
6
other places of Worship
bulletin board
* Institutional uses may utilize manual changeable copy sign or LED Static Message Board.

D. Permitted Sign Table – Institutional Uses/Districts
The following identification signs are permitted for Institutional Uses/Districts:
Table 900-7: Institutional Sign Requirements (for Institutional Use or in Institutional District)
[NO CHANGES TO THIS TABLE.]

25
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 3636

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

E. Permitted Signs for Business, Commercial, Industrial, Downtown Districts, and Certain
Overlays
The following identification signs are permitted in Business, Commercial, Industrial, Downtown
zoning districts, and certain overlays:
1. Sign Area, Number and Height

26
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 3737

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

Table 900-8: Freestanding, Wall and Projecting Sign Requirements for Business, Commercial,
Industrial, Downtown Districts, and Certain Overlays [DELETE EXISTING TABLE.]
Maximum Sign Area
Districts or
Uses
NBD and GBD
Districts
RBD District

Maximum Number Signs

Max Freestanding
Sign Height (feet)
SingleMultitenant
tenant

Per
Wall1

Freestanding

Wall1

Freestanding

10%

32 sf3

2

1 per Lot3

6

10

10%

32 sf3
Refer to Chapter
9110:
Single Tenant =
Table 900-3;
Multi-Tenant =
Table 900-4
Single = 32 sf or
Multi-Tenant =
Chapter 9110,
Table 900-5

2

1 per Lot3

6

10

2

1 per Lot3

20 to 25
Per
Chapter
9110

20 to 25
Per
Chapter
9110

2

1 per Lot

3

6

10, 12 or
15 Per
Chapter
9110

10%

18 sf

2

1 per Street
Frontage up to
2 signs

6

Not
Allowed

10%

12 to 18 sf

2

2 Signs per
Entrance

6

NA

10%

32 sf3

2

1 per Lot3

6

10

10%

32 sf3

2

6

10

Commercial or
Industrial
Centers5

10%

100 sf if Not
Along Hwy 74
(See Chapter
9110 for Hwy 74
Centers)

Each Business
Unlimited up
to 10% of
Wall or Unit
Section

6

10 or
3 Key
Hwys =
20 to 25
per 9110

Planned
Industrial
Parks or Office
Parks

NA

18 sf per
Monument Sign

NA

7

NA

Districts Along
Hwy 74/
Independence
Blvd or Old
Monroe Rd
Districts Along
Indian Trail
Fairview Rd
Downtown
DCD and DTD
Districts4
Downtown
DTD-R District4
(Residential
Subdivisions)
L-I and H-I
Districts
Overlays

10%

10%

1 per Lot3
9110
1 if Not Along
Hwy 745
(1 Additional if
9110.08B
Allows)
2 per Entrance
Behind Rightof-Way

1 See details related to number of wall signs in Section 9100.040.

2 Wall Sign Area based on front building or suite façade with a primary entrance for each business not to exceed 250

square feet in area.
3 Unless otherwise authorized in Chapter 9110, Freestanding and Ground Mounted Signs.
4 See "9110.020" for Downtown monument sign requirements.
5 Space on multi-tenant sign consistent with the approved sign plan for the commercial/industrial centers. Centers
located along Hwy 74/Independence Boulevard, Old Monroe Road and Indian Trail Fairview Road shall comply with
Chapter 9110.

27
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 3838

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
2. Sign Illumination
Wall sign, projected sign and freestanding sign illumination is allowed in all districts where
such signs are permitted. Internally lit freestanding signs must have back lit channel letters,
open face channel letters, and a routed and backed panel. Externally lit freestanding signs
must be directed towards the sign.
920.020 Sign Dimensions
A. 920.010 General Surface Area Requirements
All area provisions in this DIVISION are calculated from the sign surface area dimensions defined
in this Chapter Section.
1. Double-Faced Signs
In case of signs mounted back-to-back, only one side of the sign is to be used for
computation of the area. Back-to-back signs shall be defined as double-faced signs.
Otherwise, the surface area of each sign is to be separately computed.
2. Three-Dimensional Signs
In the case of cylindrical signs, signs in the shape of cubes, or other signs which are
substantially three-dimensional with respect to their display surfaces, the entire display or
surface is included in computations of area.
3. Entrance Wall or Fence Sign
If a sign is attached to an entrance wall or fence, only that portion of that wall or fence onto
which the sign face or letters are placed shall be calculated in the sign area.
B. 920.020 Sign Surface Area
The sign area (see Figure 900-1 below) will be measured by the following methods:
1. A geometric shape enclosing any message, logo, symbol, name, photograph, or display face
for all sign types excluding Channel Letter Signs; and
2. The area of individually mounted or painted sign letters applied directly to the building face
which are not further emphasized by an architectural or painted element of the building
shall be calculated as the sum of the area within a series of rectangles which encompasses
each individual letter.
Figure 900-1: Sign Surface Area Calculation

28
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 3939

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

C. 910.030 Sign Frame Area
The frame area will be measured from the dimensions of a geometric shape formed by all
supports, frames, braces, bordering, and embellishments, which extend beyond the sign surface
area, and that enclose the sign surface area.
D. 910.040 Sign Height
The height of a sign shall be measured from the highest point of a sign to the point of ground
surface beneath it. Ornamentation such as caps and spires are not included in this
measurement. The use of berms or raised landscape areas is only permitted to raise the base of
the sign to the mean elevation of the fronting street.
Chapter 9100 Wall Signs
9100.040 Number of Signs
A single-tenant building may display one (1) wall sign on the main entrance wall with an optional sign on
one (1) additional side or rear building wall. Multi-tenant buildings may have one (1) sign per each unit
entrance wall segment. An additional multi-tenant wall sign may be used under two options. The tenant
signs may be repeated on the rear of each unit in the same way as the front tenant wall signs or, if one
of the sides is used, a multi-tenant wall sign must be used and not larger than 10% of the side wall total
square footage.
Chapter 9160 Administration, Enforcement, Appeals and Penalties
9160.010 Administration
[NO CHANGES TO THIS SECTION.]
9160.020 Appeals
[NO CHANGES TO THIS SECTION.]
9160.030 Violations and Penalties
[NO CHANGES TO THIS SECTION.]
9160.040 Table of Sign Requirements
[MOVE SECTION TO FRONT OF DIVISION 900.]

29
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 4040

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

J. INCORPORATE PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS LANGUAGE RESULTING FROM
NEW LEGISLATION
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
A new NC law limited pavement design regulation powers so the revisions remove the old language and
just refers to the Land Development Standards.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 1100 SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS
Chapter 1110 General Provisions
1110.090 Street and Sidewalk Improvements
A. [NO CHANGES A THRU G, AND I THRU U.]
H. Pavement Design
Pavement widths and thicknesses design shall be in accordance with the any applicable
standards of the North Carolina Department of Transportation and the Town ITLDS, whichever is
more restrictive, for the type of street. Alternatively, a licensed geotechnical engineer may
submit a recommended design to the Planning Director for consideration in the review of a
particular project in the Town of Indian Trail Land Development Standards (ITLDS).

30
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 4141

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

K. TOWN DESIGN STANDARDS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The design standards section of the UDO has been lacking in several ways including poor, inefficient
organization, and, most importantly, insufficient design language. Making the revisions adding the
design language will help to guide development quality and add more details to explain Staff design
review comments.

OUTLINE
REVISIONS TO CHAPTERS
DIVISION 1300 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN STANDARDS
Chapter 1310 Integrity And Introduction to Site and Building Design Standards
Chapter 1320 1310.030 Articulation Site and Building Design Standards – for Single-Family Residential
Buildings
Chapter 1320 1330 Nonresidential/Commercial Site and Building Design Standards –
Nonresidential/Commercial and Multifamily Residential
Chapter 1340 Downtown Design Standards
Chapter 1330 1350 Lighting Standards
Chapter 1340 1360 Transportation Infrastructure And Traffic Impacts
Chapter 1350 1370 Intersection Visibility
Chapter 1360 1380 Flood Damage Reduction Ordinance
Chapter 1370 1390 Storm Water Management Permits
Chapter 1380 13100 Post Construction
Chapter 1390 13110 Sedimentation Pollution Control
Chapter 13100 13120 Water, Sewer, Utilities And Easements
Chapter 13110 13130 Fire Protection For Developments
Chapter 13120 13140 Driveway, Street And Sidewalks
Chapter 13130 13150 Trash Enclosures And Grease Trap Facilities
Chapter 13140 13160 School Impact Study
REVISIONS TO CHAPTER 1310
Chapter 1310 Integrity And Introduction to Site And Design Standards
 1310.010 Purpose
 1310.020 Compliance

31
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 4242

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

REVISIONS TO NEW CHAPTER 1320
Chapter 1320 1310.030 Articulation Site and Building Design Standards – for Single-Family Residential
Buildings
 1320.010 A. Required Articulation Design Standards for All Single-Family Residential Buildings
 1320.020 B. Desired Articulation Design Standards for Single-Family Residential Buildings in
Development Conditional Zonings Developments
 1320.030 1310.040 Desired Material Standards for the Conditional Zoning of Site-Built and
Modular Housing in Conditional Zoning Developments
 1320.040 1310.050 Manufactured Housing Units on Individual Lots
 1320.050 1310.060 Two-Family Dwellings, Town Homes Townhomes and Rooming Houses
REVISIONS TO NEW CHAPTER 1330
Chapter 1320 1330 Nonresidential/Commercial Site and Building Design Standards –
Nonresidential/Commercial and Multi-family Residential
 1330.010 1320.010 Applicability
 1330.020 Design Principles
 1330.030 Site Design
 1330.040 Building Design
 1330.050 1320.050 Large Stores and Shopping Centers
 1330.060 1320.060 Industrial Centers/Business Parks
REVISIONS TO NEW CHAPTER 1340
Chapter 1340 Downtown Design Standards
 1340.010 Goals
 1340.020 Lot and Building Standards
 1340.030 Open Space
 1340.040 Landscaping
 1340.050 Signage
 1340.060 Downtown Furnishings

32
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 4343

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 1300 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN STANDARDS
Chapter 1310 Integrity and Introduction to Site and Building Design Standards
1310.010 Purpose
The regulations of this Chapter are intended to promote quality, aesthetically pleasing development
throughout Indian Trail and to provide a wide range of nonresidential and residential structure types to
accommodate the life-styles and economic levels of the projected population. The regulations are
further intended to promote quality development that complies with all Town and state regulations and
minimizes land use conflicts.
1310.020 Compliance
Plans demonstrating compliance with the design standards of this Chapter will be reviewed by the
authorizing permit authority at the time of development’s initial review and consideration for approval.
The authorizing permit authority may approve plans that deviate from these standards if the plan is
consistent with the statement of purpose and utilize equal or better design strategies and materials.
A. Any proposed changes to an approved Integrity and Building Design Permit such as a change in
building design or building materials, shall require approval by the Planning Director.
B. Any proposed changes to an approved Integrity and Building Design Permit associated with a
Conditional Zoning shall be bound by the conditions of approval, this Chapter, and the following:
1. Building materials and colors shall be similar to the materials already being used in the
neighborhood, and/or if dissimilar materials are being proposed, other characteristics such
as scale, proportion, form, architectural detailing, color, and texture shall be used to ensure
that enough similarity exists for the buildings to relate to the rest of the neighborhood.
2. Any proposed deviation from conditions of approval of a Conditional Zoning approved by
the Town Council shall require an amendment of the Conditional Zoning approval.
C. In the event of conflict with the Downtown Master Plan design guidelines and this DIVISION
1300 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN STANDARDS, the master plan shall apply.
D. Standards for accessory structures and apartments are provided in “G. Accessory Structure
Materials” of Section 710.040 Lot and Building Standards.
Chapter 1320 1310.030 Articulation Site and Building Design Standards – for Single-Family Residential
Buildings
1320.010 A. Required Articulation Design Standards for All Single-Family Residential Buildings
All residential detached buildings and attached townhouse building units on individual lots in residential
districts must include the following design features:
33
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 4444

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
A. 1. Front and Side Garage Projection
The provision of garage space in the front or side of a
home should not result in negative visual impacts on the
design of the front façade. Refer to Section 1320.020.B.4
for garage requirements. Front loading garages shall not
extend further than four (4) feet past the predominant
front façade of the house unless a front porch is used and
then the garage shall not extend further than four (4) feet
past the porch excluding side loading garages. A
maximum of ¼ of the front façade is allowed to be front
facing garage door(s). Figure 1 shows an example of a
projecting garage dominating the appearance of the front
façade.

Figure 1: Excessive Garage Projection and
Front Façade Coverage

B. Desired Articulation Standards for Residential Buildings in Conditional Zoning Developments
[“B” MOVED FURTHER BELOW UNDER 1320.020.]
B. C. Build-To-Line
Infill development in existing residential subdivisions or new home construction on a lot along a
street corridor with developed home lots within 300 feet on each side of such lot shall be
constructed at a distance from the front property line consistent with the developed homes or
to be known as the “build-to line”. The build-to line distance is the average of the developed
home lots within 300 feet on each side of the new home lot from the front property line to the
front primary elevation façades. The new residential structure shall front on the same street as
the developed homes. Setbacks must still be met with the following exception in “D” “C”.
C. D. Reduced Front Yard Setback in Developed Areas
The minimum front yard setback may be reduced for any lot where the build-to line (the
average established front setback on developed lots located within 300 feet on each side of such
lot) is less than the minimum required setback. In such cases, the front setback on such a lot
may be less than the required front setback but not less than the average of the existing front
setbacks on the developed lots within 300 feet of each side.
D. Varied Townhouse Building Placement
Townhouse buildings shall be positioned in a manner to avoid long, uninterrupted runs within
interior drives and parking areas. Where possible, buildings should be clustered into smaller
groups and/or around common open space. [COPIED FROM EXISTING 1310.070.]
1320.020 B. Desired Articulation Design Standards for Single-Family Residential Buildings in
Development Conditional Zonings Developments
1. The following are desired design features for single-family residential structures in Conditional Zoning
districts.
A. Residential structures are encouraged to include at least five (5) of the following desired design
features:

34
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 4545

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
1. Bay or bow windows on the front façade (Note: the provision of one such window is
sufficient);
2. Dormers (Note: the provision of one such roof feature is sufficient);
3. A roof pitch greater than or equal to a 6 to 12 (6:12) for primary roof;
4. Eaves with a minimum 10-inch projection on all sides of the building;
5. Rear decks or patios with a minimum size of 64 square feet;
6. Front porch and entry facing the front lot line (Note: entryway can be located on the long or
short axis of the dwelling;
7. Off-sets on building face with a minimum depth of 12 inches;
8. Decorative pillars or posts. Square post or columns may not be less than six (6) nominal
inches on any side and round columns may not be smaller than eight (8) nominal inches in
diameter from the bottom of the column unless consistent with a distinct architectural style.
(Note: suggested at least one pair, decorative or plain, but finished in manner that is
consistent with the dwelling exterior);
9. Distinct Architectural Style (2 point value). The use of a distinct architectural style may be
determined by a qualified professional contracted by the Town at the cost of the applicant
unless the Planning Director is confident in the determination of the style.
B. 2. Each of the following design features are desired on residential structures in a Conditional
Zoning development:
1. Openings including doors and/or windows on street facing building facades. Windows are
suggested to have appropriate window trim per style of architecture. Blank walls are not
desired.
2. Masonry (preferably brick) perimeter enclosure at base but also including poured concrete
so that each home has the appearance of a raised foundation (Note: wood products covered
with a treatment to appear as masonry do not qualify). Poured concrete shall be treated
with brick, stone, or color and textured material appropriate foundation style per style of
architecture.
3. Changes in the use of wall facing materials should occur at wall setbacks or projections, or
to articulate the transition between the building base middle and top. Material changes
should return to inside corners of front façade. Those materials however, are not required
to wrap the outermost front corner of the home.

35
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 4646

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

4. Front loading -entry garages and a front-facing side of a side-entry garage shall not extend
further than four (4) feet past the predominant front façade of the house unless a front
porch is used and then the garage shall not extend further than four (4) feet past the porch
excluding side loading garages. See Figure 1300-99 for a diagram showing the front-facing
side wall of a side-entry garage. For a front-entry garage, A a maximum of ¼ of the front
façade is allowed to be a wall with a front facing garage door(s).
Figure 1300-99: Maximum Front Projection for Side-Entry Garage

1320.030 1310.040 Desired Building Material Standards for the Conditional Zoning of Site-Built and
Modular Housing in Conditional Zoning Developments
Residential buildings in a Conditional Zoning constructed on-site may be improved with quality materials
that are durable, safe, and require limited maintenance. It is recommended that materials be selected
for suitability to the type of building and design for which they are used. All facades visible from public
or private streets are desired to be constructed of the following materials:
A. Brick, natural stone, wood, architectural cast stone, hardcoat stucco, cementitious siding, glass
or EIFS – Exterior Insulation Finishing System (when applied according to manufacturer
specifications and the North Carolina Building Code).
B. Vinyl siding (minimum of .44mm), galvanized, aluminum coated, or zinc-aluminum coated metal
finishes provided such materials do not exceed 20% of those façades visible from public or
private streets.
C. Roof material standards are not provided for site-built and modular housing that is not under a
Conditional Zoning, but the roof material shall be consistent in appearance to the existing
neighborhood materials on primary homes for new infill development. For Conditional Zonings,
the following is suggested if the consistency of the neighborhood does not imply otherwise:
1. Only roof asphalt shingles, slate and terracotta tile materials are used on site-built and
modular housing structures.
36
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 4747

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

2. Metal and synthetic rubber are not allowed roof materials.
3. Metal roof materials may be used in the RSF zoning district.
D. When replacing an existing roof on a housing structure, the new materials shall follow the
standard listed in “C” above. In an established residential subdivision, the roofing material shall
be consistent in appearance to the primary homes in the subdivision.
E. See "G. Accessory Structure Materials" in Section 710.040 Lot and Building Standards for
accessory structure material requirements.
1320.040 1310.050 Manufactured Housing Units on Individual Lots
[NO CHANGES UNDER HERE.]
1320.050 1310.060 Two-Family Dwellings, Town Homes Townhomes and Rooming Houses
[NO CHANGES UNDER HERE.]
1310.070 Multi-Unit Apartment/Condo Buildings: Attached and Multi-Family
[INCORPORATED INTO THE NONRESIDENTIAL/COMMERCIAL SECTION.]
A. General
Multi-unit apartment/condominium buildings are subject to the standards of Section 520.040
(density, frontage, and yard requirements) except as modified or supplemented by the
standards of this Chapter. [DELETED. SIMILAR INTRODUCTORY LANGUAGE IN NEW 1330.010
APP]
B. Varied Building Placement
Buildings shall be positioned in a manner to avoid long, uninterrupted runs within interior drives
and parking areas. Where possible, buildings should be clustered into smaller groups and/or
around common open space. [MOVED TO 1330.030(SITE DESIGN),A.]
C. Façade Materials [DELETE. MOST MATERIAL IS DUPLICATED IN 1330.040(BUILDING
DESIGN),F,1(FAÇADE MATERIALS).]
All buildings and other structures must be constructed with brick, natural stone, EIFS (Exterior
Insulation Finishing System), glass, cementitious (i.e. Hardie) plank, panel or shingle siding or
other comparable, durable materials that are consistent with the purpose and intent of this
chapter and approved during the plan review process. A minimum of 30% of the building façade
shall consist of brick and/or stone materials.
Use of architecturally finished/treated cast stone, precast panels or concrete masonry units as a
primary building material may allowed in visible areas that are suitable for use on multifamily
buildings and are consistent with the purpose and intent of this chapter and approved by the
Planning Director during the plan review process.
Unfinished/treated concrete masonry units, unfinished/treated precast panels, and similar
37
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 4848

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
utility/economical grade materials (with exception of metal siding) may be allowed in service
areas and in exterior corridors or stairwells that are not generally visible to the public.
D. Façade Colors
Façade colors must be low-reflectance, subtle, neutral or earth tone colors. Building trim and
accent areas may feature brighter colors, as approved during the plan review process.
[INCORPORATED INTO 1330.040,F,8(COLOR PALETTES).]
E. Building Design
The following standards apply to all building facades and exterior walls that are visible from
adjoining streets, properties or parking areas. [DELETE TITLE. MOVED PREVIOUS SENTENCE TO
NEW 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN) INTRODUCTION LANGUAGE.]
1. Façade design and materials shall be consistent on all building elevations. [DELETE. A
BETTER DESCRIPTION OF THE INTENT OF THIS IS IN NEW SECTION 1330.040(BUILDING
DESIGN),A(BUILDING COMPOSITION).]
2. All building designs must express a distinct “base”, “middle”, and “top” through the
building’s architecture details and the use of building materials. [DELETE. DUPLICATE
EXISTING LANGUAGE NOW LOCATED IN 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),B(BUILDING MASS
AND SCALE),1(HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS IMPACTS ON MASSING),d.]
3. Roofs must have multiple planes and elements such as hips, gables, dormers, raised
parapets, or other offsets and features with at least one additional plane or feature every
60-ft of façade frontage. [MOVED TO NEW 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),B(BUILDING MASS
AND SCALE),1,d,(1),(C).]
4. Buildings must have architectural features that conceal rooftop equipment, such as HVAC
units, from public view. [DELETE PREVIOUS SENTENCE AS IT IS DUPLICATED IN NEW
1330.040(BUILIDNG DESIGN),B,3(ROOF FORMS),e.] All flat roof buildings must include
parapet screening (maximum five (6) feet in height), and cornice or decorative coping
elements along rooflines. [LAST SENTENCE MOVED TO NEW 1330.040(BUILIDNG
DESIGN),B,3(ROOF FORMS),e.]
5. Vehicular parking shall not be placed between residential buildings and public streets.
[DELETE PREVIOUS SENTENCE AS IT IS DUPLICATED IN NEW 1330.030(SITE DESIGN),C.] Onstreet parking is permitted and encouraged. [MOVED TO NEW 1330.030(SITE DESIGN,C.]
6. For proposed buildings located within the Downtown Overlay, exposed stairwells, corridors,
or breezeways shall not be permitted. In the event of conflict with the design guidelines of
the Downtown Master Plan the master plan shall apply. [MOVED TO 1330.040(BUILDING
DESIGN),E,2,c.]
F. Articulation [ALL OF “F.” MOVED TO NEW SECTION 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),B(BUILDING
MASS AND SCALE),1,d,(3).]

38
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 4949

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
Buildings visible from public streets, adjacent properties, and parking areas must include at least
three (3) of the following features:
1. Clearly pronounced recesses and projections (articulation) at multiple locations for any
building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width.
2. Wall plane off-sets (minimum two (2) foot depth and spacing every 30’) at multiple
locations, reveals, projections, and changes in texture and color for wall surfaces for any
building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width.
3. Multiple windows grouped together to establish a design feature that can be either
recessed or projecting with a minimum 4’’ wide trim.
4. Multiple ornamental pilasters, columns or other similar architectural features integrated
into the overall architectural design.
5. A projecting or recessed balcony on at least 50% of the units of an individual façade and a
covered porch for each unit at the ground-level.
6. Other features that reduce the apparent mass of a building subject to approval by the
Planning Director.
G. Entrances [ALL OF “G.” MOVED AND INCORPORATED INTO “2. ENTRANCES” IN SECTION
1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),E.]
1. Entrance doors to dwelling units located above the ground floor must be provided from an
enclosed lobby or corridor and stairwell. Unenclosed or partially enclosed stairs may not be
used as the primary means of access to upper-floor dwellings units.
2. Patio-style doors, such as sliding glass doors, may not be used for main entrance doors.
3. Each building must have a clearly defined, highly visible entrance featuring at least 3 of the
following elements:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.

Canopies or porticos;
Overhangs;
Recesses/projections;
Raised corniced parapets over the door;
Peaked roof forms;
Arches;
Architectural details such as tile work and moldings that are integrated into the
building structure and design; or
h. Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for
sitting.

39
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 5050

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
H. Pedestrian Circulation [MOVED TO 1330.030(SITE DESIGN),B,3.]
A pedestrian circulation system must be provided that connects residential entrances to
adjacent public rights-of-way and to parking areas and other on-site facilities.
I.

Parking Location/Orientation [DELETED DUE TO DUPLICATE IN SECTION 1330.030(SITE
DESIGN),C.]
Surface parking and parking within accessory structures must be located behind the principal
building or otherwise concealed from view of abutting streets. Parking areas may not be located
directly between the principal building and the street or within any required interior side
setback area. Any portion of a parking area that is not completely concealed from the view of an
abutting street must be screened in accordance with the parking lot landscaping requirements
of DIVISION 800.

J.

Open Space [MOVED TO 1330.030(SITE DESIGN),D.]
1. General
a. Every applicant who proposes a multi-family apartment or condominium building
shall set aside a portion of land, in accordance with this Chapter, for a private or
public park, greenway, recreation, and open space sites to serve the recreational
needs of the residents of the development.
b. At least 15% of the gross acreage of the site (outside of Downtown Overlay) shall be
set-aside for park, recreation, greenway, or open space sites to serve the
recreational needs of the residents of the subdivision or development. A minimum
of 10% of the gross acreage shall be set aside for sites within the Downtown Overlay
District.
c. To the extent feasible, areas with environmental limitations (e.g. designated flood
plain areas, wetlands, and areas with a slope in excess of 15%) should be dedicated
as open space and the Town may require these areas to be dedicated in excess of
the minimum standard provided in this Section provided that reasonable economic
use of the property is permitted.
d. At the time of filing a site plan or conditional rezoning application, the applicant
shall designate thereon the area or areas to be set-aside.
2. Design and Active Amenities
a. Open space shall be designed to provide maximum accessibility and visibility to
residents within the development. Opportunities for both passive and active
recreation should be provided. Indoor amenity areas such as indoor pools, etc. may
be used towards compliance with the open space acreage requirements.
b. Multi-family and condominium uses must provide fully developed, targeted
amenities (indoor or outdoor) of an appropriate size and scale with the number of
units as follows.
(1) Fewer than 75 units = 1 amenity
(2) 75 to 150 units = 2 amenities
(3) 151 to 300 units = 3 amenities
40

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 5151

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
(4) More than 300 units = as determined by Planning Director
c. Examples of indoor amenities include, but are not limited to: Fitness center with
fitness equipment, recreation or game room including features such as billiards
tables, game tables, or movie viewing area, solarium, sauna, steam room, or other
type of relaxation room, common cooking and/or dining facility, and swimming
pools.
d. Examples of outdoor amenities include, but are not limited to fenced dog park with
dog wash station, bike workshop and storage area, community vegetable and flower
garden, outdoor lounge area such as with a fire pit and grills or outdoor kitchen,
playground with commercial-grade equipment basketball court (full or half court);
tennis court; pickleball court; volleyball court; or soccer field that is graded properly
to an amateur or practice-level facility, is grassed, and has goals, putting green,
bocce courts, horseshoe courts, or shuffleboard courts, and swimming pools.
K. Site Plan Review [MOVED TO 1330.030.E.]
Site plan review, pursuant to Chapter 370, is required for all multi-unit apartment/condo
buildings containing more than three (3) dwelling units.
Chapter 1320 1330 Nonresidential/Commercial Site and Building Design Standards –
Nonresidential/Commercial and Multi-family Residential
[NOTE: The existing multi-unit/multi-family section was deleted. The portion that dealt with townhomes
was incorporated into the new Chapter 1320 Site and Building Standards – Single-Family Residential
(Attached Units and Detached Homes). Multi-family apartment/condo buildings were incorporated into
Chapter 1330 Site and Building Design Standards – Nonresidential/Commercial and Multi-family
Residential. Attached townhomes were removed from apartments/condos due to the architectural
nature that townhomes and detached single-family homes follow similar designs and standard
requirements.]
1330.010 1320.010 Applicability
The standards in this Chapter apply to commercial, industrial, multifamily (not single-family detached
homes or attached units/townhomes), and mixed-use developments within all Town zoning districts
including the Downtown districts. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the material and color standards of
this section apply to all facades of nonresidential and multifamily development subject to site plan
review that are visible from a public or private street or public areas of an adjacent sites, for nonresidential/commercial development in all regardless of zoning districts that are subject to site plan
review.
Nonresidential/commercial buildings are subject to the zoning district standards of Section 530.040 (Lot
and Building Standards), except as modified or supplemented by the standards of this Chapter. This
section excludes includes industrial land uses and business parks unless otherwise directed by Section
1330.060 [PREVIOUSLY 1320.060.] Industrial Centers/Business Parks.
Multifamily development addressed in this Chapter refers to condominium and apartment
developments. Multifamily buildings are subject to the zoning district standards of Section 520.040 (Lot
and Building Standards), except as modified or supplemented by the standards of this Chapter.
41
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 5252

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

1320.020 Pedestrian Circulation
[MOVED SECTION TO 1330.030(SITE DESIGN),B.]
1320.030 Façade Materials
[MOVED SECTION TO 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),F,1 EXCEPT FOR “D” (FAÇADE COLORS) WHICH WAS
MOVED TO 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),F,8(COLOR PALETTES).]
1320.040 Building Design
[MOVED SECTION TO 1330.040.]
1320.050 Large-Stores and Shopping Centers
[MOVED SECTION TO 1330.050.]
1320.060 Industrial Centers/Business Parks
[MOVED SECTION TO 1330.060.]
1330.020 Design Principles
The following design principles are basic considerations when developing design standards.
A. Address the Human Scale
Spaces between buildings or between landscape plantings, and the absence of neighboring
buildings or landscaping can give the feeling of being lost. On the other hand, excessive
clustering of development can give the feeling of being crowded or overcome by the mass of
buildings. Well-placed buildings, streetscape elements, and landscaping provide a more
attractive space for pedestrians. Streetscape elements may include furnishing such as benches
and trash receptacles, lighting, high-quality crosswalks, artwork, decorative space-defining knee
walls, and fountains.
B. Create a Sense of Place
The development of special places attracts pedestrians for gathering and social interaction.
Special spaces that are welcoming and attractive include well-scaled plazas, pocket parks, and
expanded sidewalk areas for café seating. These places may include featured structures such as
clock towers, fountains, memorial statues or displays, obelisks, small stage or amphitheater, and
art sculptures. Establishing special spaces in a developed area and experiencing them over time,
contributes to the character of that area and helps to create a sense of place such as the smalltown feel that so many individuals want to cherish.
C. Connect Uses
Establishing efficient and attractive connection systems promotes cohesiveness between
developments and uses. Examples of connecting uses include sidewalks and trails, streets, plazas
or outdoor patios, open space, and overhead pedestrian bridges or enclosed walkways.
D. Provide Transitions
Transitions soften the flow between land uses, architectural design, and mobility systems.
Establishing transitions preserve and enhance the identity and character of an area. A mix of
42
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 5353

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
businesses can spur economic vitality by creating customer traffic to support more than one
business including the office and business employees seeking food, services and entertainment.
E. Reduce Parking Impacts
Reducing concentrations of parking is important for both
the visual and traffic impacts in Town. Figure 99 shows
an image of negative impactful parking. With the
concentration of development in the overlays and the
Downtown districts, it is important to soften the visual
impact of parking areas with, for example, the use of
landscaping or efficient use of on-street parking where
applicable and safe.
F. Plan for Pedestrians, Bicyclists, and Transit Users
Figure 99: Negative Impactful Parking
New development or future improvements should
(Envato)
incorporate recommendations from adopted mobilityrelated plans. Such plans include the Comprehensive Plan, Downtown Master Plan, Bicycle
Master Plan, and Pedestrian Plan.
G. Provide Open Space
Open space is a valuable amenity in mixed use developments or a downtown as it enhances the
livability and appeal of an area. Examples of open spaces include greenways, parks, plazas, and
pedestrian areas. Open space is developed in various sizes such as small pocket parks, green
lawns highlighting an important building, formal gardens, water features, or amphitheater areas
for just seating or including a stage for performances.
1330.030 Site Design
The design of new nonresidential/commercial and multifamily buildings shall consider of the relative
placement of the structures within natural areas and existing developments. Multi-unit
apartment/condominium buildings are subject to the standards of Section 520.040 (density, frontage,
and yard requirements) except as modified or supplemented by the standards of this Chapter. [MOVED
FROM INTRO TO 1310.070 MULTI-UNIT APARTMENT/CONDO BUILDINGS: ATTACHED AND MULTIFAMILY.]
A. B. Varied Building Placement
Buildings shall be positioned in a manner to avoid
long, uninterrupted runs within interior drives and
parking areas. Where possible, buildings should be
clustered into smaller groups and/or around common
open space. [MOVED FROM 1310.070.]

Varied Placement of Multi-Unit Structures

43
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 5454

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

B. 1320.020 Pedestrian Circulation
1. A. A pedestrian circulation system must be provided that interconnects building entrances
to adjacent public rights-of-way and other on-site facilities. Buildings with parking abutting
them shall have a concrete pedestrian walkway with a minimum five (5)-foot width. Such
walkways must be located at least three (3) feet from the facade of the building to provide
planting beds for foundation landscaping, except where features such as arcades, display
windows, planters, or entryways are part of the facade. [FROM 1320.020]
2. B. All internal pedestrian walkways that cross parking aisles or driveways must be
distinguished from driving surfaces through the use of durable, low-maintenance surface
materials such as pavers, bricks, scored concrete or scored and painted asphalt designed to
enhance pedestrian safety and comfort. Raised walkways may be installed if elevated six (6)
inches with tapered side slopes and meet ADA standards. [FROM 1320.020]
3. H. A pedestrian circulation system must be provided that connects residential entrances to
adjacent public rights-of-way, and to parking areas, and other on-site facilities. [FROM
1310.070,H]
C. I. Parking Location/Orientation
Surface parking and parking within accessory structures must be located behind the principal
building or otherwise concealed from view of abutting streets. Parking areas may not be located
directly between the principal building and the street or within any required interior side
setback area. Any portion of a parking area that is not completely concealed from the view of an
abutting street must be screened in accordance with the parking lot landscaping requirements
of DIVISION 800. [FROM 1310.070,I] For multi-family apartment or condominium buildings,
where permitted, On on-street parking is permitted and encouraged. [LAST SENTENCE MOVED
FROM EXISTING 1310.070,E,5.]
D. J. Open Space for Multi-Family Apartment/Condo Buildings [FROM 1310.070,J]
1. General
a. Every applicant who proposes a multi-family apartment or condominium building
shall set aside a portion of land, in accordance with this Chapter, for a private or
public park, greenway, recreation, and open space sites to serve the recreational
needs of the residents of the development.
b. At least 15% of the gross acreage of the site (outside of the Downtown Overlay
Districts) shall be set-aside for park, recreation, greenway, or open space sites to
serve the recreational needs of the residents of the subdivision or development. A
minimum of 10% of the gross acreage shall be set aside for sites within the
Downtown Overlay Districts.
c. To the extent feasible, aAreas with environmental limitations (e.g. designated flood
plain areas, wetlands, and areas with a slope in excess of 15%) should shall be
dedicated as open space and the Town may require these areas to be dedicated in
44
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 5555

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
excess of the minimum standard provided in this Section provided that reasonable
economic use of the property is permitted.
d. At the time of filing a site plan or conditional rezoning application, the applicant
shall designate thereon the area or areas to be set-aside.
2. Design and Active Amenities
a. Open space shall be designed to provide maximum accessibility and visibility to
residents within the development. Opportunities for both passive and active
recreation should be provided. Indoor amenity areas such as indoor pools, etc. may
be used towards compliance with the open space acreage requirements.
b. Multi-family and condominium uses must provide fully developed, targeted
amenities (indoor or outdoor) of an appropriate size and scale with the number of
units as follows.
(1) Fewer than 75 units = 1 amenity
(2) 75 to 150 units = 2 amenities
(3) 151 to 300 units = 3 amenities
(4) More than 300 units = as determined by Planning Director
c. Examples of indoor amenities include, but are not limited to: Fitness center with
fitness equipment, recreation or game room including features such as billiards
tables, game tables, or movie viewing area, solarium, sauna, steam room, or other
type of relaxation room, common cooking and/or dining facility, and swimming
pools.
d. Examples of outdoor amenities include, but are not limited to fenced dog park with
dog wash station, bike workshop and storage area, community vegetable and flower
garden, outdoor lounge area such as with a fire pit and grills or outdoor kitchen,
playground with commercial-grade equipment basketball court (full or half court);
tennis court; pickleball court; volleyball court; or soccer field that is graded properly
to an amateur or practice-level facility, is grassed, and has goals, putting green,
bocce courts, horseshoe courts, or shuffleboard courts, and swimming pools. See
Figure 98 for a pool example located in Indian Trail.

Figure 98 Elwood Apartments Pool

45
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 5656

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

E. K. Site Plan Review
Site plan review, pursuant to Chapter 370, is required for all non-residential/commercial, and
multi-unit apartment/condo buildings containing more than three (3) dwelling units. [FROM
1310.070,K]
1330.040 1320.040 Building Design
The building design should establish some basic features for businesses and multifamily residential
development. In a mixed use development or in a downtown area, the building or development of
several buildings typically has an active relationship with the pedestrian sidewalk becoming an integral
zone of transition to and from the street into the building establishments or residences. E. The following
building design standards herein apply to all building facades and exterior walls that are visible from
adjoining streets, properties or parking areas. [PREVIOUS SENTENCE FROM EXISTING LANGUAGE IN
INTRODUCTION LANGUAGE UNDER TITLE “E. BUILDING DESIGN” IN EXISTING SECTION 1310.070(MULTIUNIT APARTMENT/CONDO BUILDINGS: ATTACHED AND MULTI-FAMILY).]
A. The following standards apply to all building facades and exterior walls that are visible from
adjoining streets or properties.
[FROM HERE ->]
1. All building designs must express a distinct “base”, “middle”, and “top” through the
building’s architecture details and the use of building materials.
2. Buildings visible from public streets must include at least three (3) of the following features:
a. Variations in roof form and parapet heights;
b. Clearly pronounced recesses and projections at multiple locations for any building
with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width;
c. Wall plane off-sets (dimension established by building module) at multiple locations
for any building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width;
d. Reveals and projections and changes in texture and color of wall surfaces;
e. Deep set windows with mullions;
f. Ground level arcades and second floor galleries/balconies; or
g. Other features that reduce the apparent mass of a building. [<- TO HERE…MOVED
TO NEW SECTION BELOW, 1330.040,B(BUILDING MASS AND SCALE),1.]
B. Buildings must have architectural features that conceal rooftop equipment, such as HVAC units,
from public view. [MOVED TO NEW SECTION BELOW, 1330.040,B,3(ROOF FORMS),e.] All flat
roof buildings must include parapets and cornice or decorative coping elements along rooflines.
[MOVED TO NEW SECTION BELOW, 1330.040,B,4(CORNICES AND PARAPET WALLS).]
C. [PORTIONS OF C MOVED TO 1330.030(BUILDING DESIGN),E,2.] Each building must have a clearly
defined, highly visible customer entrance featuring at least four (4) of the following elements:
1. Canopies or porticos;
2. Overhangs;
3. Recesses/projections;
46
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 5757

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
4. Arcades;
5. Raised corniced parapets over the door;
6. Peaked roof forms;
7. Arches;
8. Outdoor patios;
9. Display windows;
10. Architectural details such as tile work and moldings that are integrated into the building
structure and design; or
11. Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for sitting.
D. Building height may not exceed 35 feet for a one-story building or as otherwise authorized
within the UDO. [DELETED. DIVISION 500 COVERS BUILDING HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS.]
A. Building Composition
Building design should not become a rigid, uninteresting product. Arranging building design
elements into a composition can result in a pleasing building appearance. Such arrangement of
elements may include mass and scale, the form of façade bays, façade fenestration, and color.
New development has two paths for composing a building as follows:
1. General Composition Standards
a. Building design composition shall be compatible and complementary to the
surrounding buildings and environment.
b. Emphasize corners with roof and architectural forms such as towers, domes, hipped
or pitched roofs.
2. Two Paths for Building Composition
a. Single Design Building Composition
This building design uses one unified design to blend design massing vertically and
horizontally with pronounced breaks, and variation in roof forms as described in
Section 1330.010, B. Building Mass and Scale.
b. Appearance of Multiple Designed Buildings Composition
This option is designed for one building façade to appear as multiple connected
buildings to create visual interest. Apply different designs to each of the faux
individual building façade sections. Accomplish this by using different materials,
design elements, and color palettes.
B. Building Mass and Scale
The intent is to create an aesthetically pleasing building design that is relatable in scale to the
surrounding environment. This building design is manipulated horizontally and vertically in mass
and scale to achieve the positive visual impact.
1. Horizontal Elements’ Impact on Massing
Design treatments must be used to reduce horizontal impacts of the building mass with the
following:
47
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 5858

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

a. A variation in height, fenestration, wall planes, and wall surfaces.
b. A variation in roof lines, modulated building heights, stepbacks, or creative
detailing.
c. Application of different textures, colors, materials, and distinctive architectural
treatments adding interest in an otherwise dull and/or repetitive façade.
d. 1. All building designs must express establish a distinct “base”, “middle”, and “top”
through the building’s architecture details and the use of building materials. [FROM
1320.040, A,1.]
(1) Explanation of Key Elements
(A) Building Base
The building design shall use materials that visually is stronger and
foundationally sturdier at the base. Such materials include stone, brick
or masonry.
(B) Building Middle
The middle portion of the building shall relate to the bottom and top
providing a visual connection or body between the two. The middle
shall be the proportional to the bottom and top where it is equal to, or
the majority of the building façade height.
(C) Building Top
The top portion of the building shall include roof features as part of the
overall design of the building. 3. Roofs must have multiple planes and
elements such as hips, gables, dormers, raised parapets, or other offsets
and features with at least one additional plane or feature every 60-ft of
façade frontage. [PREVIOUS SENTENCE FROM EXISTING 1310.070
1310.070(MULTI-UNIT APARTMENT/CONDO BUILDINGS: ATTACHED
AND MULTI-FAMILY),E,3.]
(2) Requirements for Highly Visible Nonresidential/Commercial Buildings
Buildings visible from public streets must include at least three (3) of the
following features (See Figure 88 below): [ALL OF “(2)” FROM 1320.040,A,2.]
(A) Variations in roof form and parapet heights;
(B) Clearly pronounced recesses and projections at multiple locations for
any building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width;
(C) Wall plane off-sets (dimension established by building module) at
multiple locations for any building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet
in width;
(E) Reveals and projections and changes in texture and color of wall
surfaces;
(F) Deep set windows with mullions;
(G) Ground level arcades and second floor galleries/balconies; or
(H) Other features that reduce the apparent mass of a building.

48
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 5959

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

Figure 88: Example of Using Horizontal Elements to Reduce Massing Impacts

Source: Envato image.

(3) Requirements for Highly Visible Multi-Family Apartment/Condo Buildings
F. Articulation Multi-family apartment/condo buildings visible from public
streets, adjacent properties, and parking areas must include at least three
(3) of the following features: [ALL OF “(3)” FROM EXISTING
1310.070,F(ARTICULATION).]
(A) 1. Clearly pronounced recesses and projections (articulation) at multiple
locations for any building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width;
(B) 2. Wall plane off-sets (minimum two (2) foot depth and spacing every 30
feet) at multiple locations, reveals, projections, and changes in texture
and color for wall surfaces for any building with a front façade
exceeding 50 feet in width;
(C) 3. Multiple windows grouped together to establish a design feature that
can be either recessed or projecting with a minimum 4’’ wide trim.
(D) 4. Multiple ornamental pilasters, columns or other similar architectural
features integrated into the overall architectural design.
(E) 5. A projecting or recessed balcony on at least 50% of the units of an
individual façade and a covered porch for each unit at the ground-level.
(F) 6. Other features that reduce the apparent mass of a building subject to
approval by the Planning Director.
2. Vertical Elements Impacts on Massing
Design treatments shall be used to reduce horizontal impacts of the building mass with the
following (See Figure 99 below for an example.):
a. Use regular intervals of vertical elements to visually relate the base to the top of the
building.
b. All of the following types of vertical breaks of the building’s massing shall be used:
(1) A change in recesses, protrusions, or changes in the plane of the façade of
the building sufficient to create a visible shadow line.
(2) A significant Break in the eave line or roof form.
(3) A change in façade material or color.

49
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 6060

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
c. Frequency of vertical massing breaks shall be one of the following:
(1) Buildings less than 100 feet in length
(A) Requires a vertical massing break at a distance of 25 feet to front and
side building façades.
(B) Stepbacks shall be increased based on the massing or architecture of
the building and shall be a minimum of 12 inches in horizontal distance.
(2) Buildings 100 feet and over in length
(A) Requires a vertical massing break at a distance of 25 feet to 50 feet to
front and side facades.
(B) Stepbacks shall be increased based on the massing or architecture of
the building and shall be a minimum of 24 inches in horizontal distance.
d. Vertical massing breaks at tenant part walls for multi-tenant buildings.
Figure 99: Example of Using Vertical Elements to Reduce Massing Impacts

Source: Envato image.

3. Roof Forms
The roof shall be integral to reduce the impact of building massing vertically through the
roof pitch and type of roof architectural characteristics.
a. Articulate the top of the building with elements such as a pitched roof, roof gables,
overhangs, flat roofs with parapets, and other roof forms.
b. Acceptable roof forms are pitched, gable, cross gable, shed, butterfly, flat, and
hipped roof types.
c. Integrate roof forms into key elements such as entries, towers, dormers, and corner
treatments.
d. Eave lines shall:
(1) Be continuous with breaks to show a change in massing, bay rhythm, tenant
walls, or reflect a primary entry into a building.
(2) Overhang the building a minimum of 12 inches. Larger overhangs shall be
considered for the overall design or to provide enhanced solar shading.
e. 4. Buildings must have architectural features that conceal rooftop equipment, such
as HVAC units, from public view. [SENTENCE FROM EXISTING 1320.040, B.] All flat
roof buildings must include parapet screening (maximum five (5) (6) [“(6)” IS
TYPOGRAPHICAL ERROR CORRECTION.] feet in height, and cornice or decorative
50
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 6161

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
coping elements along rooflines. [PREVIOUS SENTENCE FROM EXISTING
1310.070,E,4.]
4. Cornices and Parapet Walls
All flat roof buildings must include parapets and
cornice or decorative coping elements along
rooflines. [DELETED SENTENCE FROM 1320.040, B.]
Cornice and parapet design elements are required
where the roof meets the exterior wall or to
articulate the top when there is a flat roof.
a. Cornices, eaves, or rakes shall be used in
building designs.
b. Proper visual weight and proportion of the
Figure 1: Top Cornice (Source: Envato)
roof/cornice shall be achieved using
moldings, brackets, exposed rafters of at least twelve (12) inches.
c. Building with flat roofs sloped 1:12 or less shall have parapet walls along all facades
needed to conceal the roof from the public view along any public street or public
pedestrian walkway.
5. Corner Treatments
Portions of a building at a corner or roadway
intersection shall be designed with prominent
design features to accentuate and frame the
intersection/corner in which the building is
fronting.
a. Corner treatments shall wrap around
the corner and serve as a focal point
using details such as towers, domes,
hipped or pitched roofs.

Figure 2: Corner Treatment (Source: Envato)

C. Façade Bays
Organize basic elements, such as walls and openings, to create visual interest in the building
design. Basic elements may include multiple windows and openings.
1. A pattern of bays, walls, and openings shall be expressed on front and side building facades
visible from public view.
2. Multi-story buildings shall align centerlines of openings with the centerlines of the vertical
building bays on each floor.
3. Rear facades may use less design treatments if at least one of the following is met:
a. Screened from an adjacent property’s building.
b. Not visible from any public roadways or internal streets.
c. Single-story building with an 8-foot masonry wall screening entire public view of the
rear façade.

51
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 6262

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
D. Façade Fenestration
1. Commercial Street-Level Entrances and Display Windows
First floor windows, door openings, and other glass openings shall include clear glazing on
each façade with street-level entrances, storefronts and display windows. Faux windows
and spandrel glass are not permitted on the first floor front unless the proposal is justified
and approved by the Planning Director. An example of such use may be needed to improve
a non-entrance side that is facing the public’s view from a street.
2. First floor Fenestration Glazing
a. Non-Residential Buildings Less than 100 Feet in Length
(1) Building front façade ground floor glazing = 40%
(2) Building side façade ground floor glazing = 25%
b. Non-Residential Buildings 100 Feet in Length or More
(1) Building front façade ground floor glazing = 30%
(2) Building side façade ground floor glazing = 25%
3. Faux windows or doors are permitted on sides and portions of the façade that are not part
of the commercial street-level entrances and display windows as mentioned in “1.” above.
Faux windows must be opaque so not to show materials or objects behind the glazing/glass.
E. Building Elements
1. Front and Side Façades
All front and side building facades facing a public roadway must include a minimum of two
(2) of the following building elements:
a. Awnings
b. Canopies
c. Arcades
d. Galleries
e. Prominent roof feature
f. Tower elements
2. G. Entrances
Each building must have a clearly defined, highly visible entrance and featuring at least
three of the following elements: [FROM 1310.070,G,3] shall be designed with a storefront
that is welcoming, visually interesting, and accessible to create an active pedestrian
environment and inviting streetscape.
a. Each ground floor tenant on the front of a non-residential/commercial building shall
have a primary customer entrance. The exception is an office-type building with
tenants located off of a central lobby/hallway internal layout.
b. Each entrance shall have a weather-protection covering with an awning, overhang
or canopy.
c. Multi-Family Apartment/Condo Buildings Only:
(1) 1. Entrance doors to dwelling units located above the ground floor must be
provided from an enclosed lobby or corridor and stairwell. Unenclosed or
52
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 6363

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
partially enclosed stairs may not be used as the primary means of access to
upper-floor dwellings units. [FROM 1310.070,G,1.]
(2) 2. Patio-style doors, such as sliding glass doors, may not be used for main
entrance doors. [FROM 1310.070,G,2.]
(3) 6. For proposed multi-family apartment and condominium buildings located
within the Downtown Overlay districts, exposed stairwells, corridors, or
breezeways shall must not be permitted. In the event of conflict with the
design guidelines of the Downtown Master Plan, the master plan this
ordinance shall apply. [FROM 1310.070,E,6.]
d. Each building must have a clearly defined, highly visible customer featuring
Entrances must include design articulation by at least four (4) of the following
elements [FROM 1320.040,C] for nonresidential/commercial buildings and at least
three (3) of the following elements [FROM 1310.070,G,3] for multi-unit apartments
and condo residential buildings:
(1) Canopies or porticos
(2) Overhangs
(2) Recesses or projections
(3) Arcades
(4) Raised corniced parapets over the door
(5) Breaks in eave lines and roof forms (ex. Dormers, stepped rooflines, towers
or cupolas, clerestory windows, Peaked roof forms
(6) Arches
(7) Outdoor patios
(8) Display windows
(9) Integrated Aarchitectural details such as tile work and moldings that are
integrated into the building structure and design; or
(10) Integral planters or wing walls that incorporates landscaped areas and/or
places for sitting.
(11) Vertical breaks in the massing
3. Storefront
a. Storefronts shall front directly onto the sidewalk or terrace level.
b. Storefront openings shall be set within bays that are clearly defined by the building’s
masonry base and/or façade.
c. Multiple storefronts within the same building shall be visually compatible in terms
of scale, alignment, and their relationship to the building as a whole.
d. Individual storefronts shall be designed with a minimum of three (3) of the following
design elements:
(1) Lighting fixtures (full cut off)
(2) Bulkheads
(3) String courses
(4) Piers or pilasters
(5) Storefront cornice
(6) Tile work
(7) Masonry
53
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 6464

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
(8) Awnings
(9) Transom windows
4. Auto-Related Building Elements
a. Drive-Through Canopy
Integrate canopy design into overall building design with attention to all the
following:
(1) Building massing;
(2) Similar materials and colors;
(3) Canopy roof type of a flat roof shall receive additional design attention to
achieve visual interest; and
(4) Column supports for the canopy shall be articulated with the same building
material and color palette as the main building.
b. Garage and Loading Bay Overhead Doors
(1) Unarticulated, blank overhead doors are prohibited on façades visible from
public view. Section 1070.010,G. also states this requirement under
DIVISION 1000 Parking.
(2) If overhead doors are proposed on facades visible from public view,
adequate screening (i.e. landscaping, walls, fences, and berms) and
articulated overhead doors must be incorporated, reviewed and approved
by the Planning Director.
(3) Articulated overhead doors shall include a minimum of two (2) rows of glass
panels.
F. Building Materials and Colors
New development must reflect an image of high-quality development within the Town through
the following requirements for materials and color.
1. 1320.030 Façade Materials
a. A. All buildings and other structures must be constructed with brick, cementitious
panels or siding, natural stone, architecturally finished and integrally colored
concrete masonry units, EIFS (Exterior Insulation Finishing System), glass or other
comparable, durable materials that are consistent with the purpose and intent of
this chapter and approved during the site plan review process.
Use of architecturally finished/treated cast stone, or precast panels or concrete
masonry units as a primary building material may be allowed in visible areas that are
suitable for use in commercial locations and are consistent with the purpose and
intent of this chapter and approved by the Planning Director during the site plan
review process. Concrete masonry units must not be used on multi-family
apartment or condominium buildings.
b. Architectural-grade metal siding may be used when it contributes to the overall
design quality of the building façade(s). The permitted styles are Insulated Metal
Panels (IMP), concealed-fastener architectural metal panels, and metal composite
54
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 6565

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
material (ACM) panels. IMP type panels with a ribbed style, and architectural
ribbed/corrugated metal type material are not permitted building materials where
visible from a public or private street or adjacent public area.
c. B. For buildings 40,000 square feet and larger, a minimum of 30% of the building
facade that is visible from streets or other public areas, excluding doors and
windows, shall must consist of brick and/or stone.
d. C. Unfinished/treated concrete masonry units, unfinished/treated precast panels,
and similar utility-/economical-grade materials may be allowed in service areas and
on exterior walls or stairwells that are not generally visible to the public unless
otherwise stated in this ordinance. Metal siding or panels must not be used on
multi-family apartment or condominium buildings.
[NOTE: “D. FAÇADE COLORS” MOVED TO 1330.020,F,7(COLOR PALETTES).]
2. Masonry Base
a. Buildings three (3) stories or more must, at a minimum, have a masonry base (first
floor) the full height of the first floor. Floors partially constructed into the ground do
not count as a full first floor.
b. Some building designs may exceed the above minimum requirement for masonry
for buildings three (3) stories or more. Façade designs may include select bays or
corner features constructed in masonry the full height of the design feature.
c. Single-story buildings shall have a masonry base feature proportional to the building
massing and fit into the façade design.
3. EIFS Material
The use of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) in the exterior building design will be
based on design intent with particular attention to the amount of EIFS, texture, and how the
EIFS will complement other materials. The following applies to the application of EIFS:
a. Shall not be used as a primary building material.
b. Shall only be used as an accent application.
c. May be used in combination with other exterior materials on the side and rear
facades, and shall comprise no more than 30% of the total street facing façades.
d. May be used on upper floors of buildings three (3) stories or greater in height and
shall comprise no more than 30% of the total street facing façades.
e. Shall be applied as color integrated with a high-quality finish/texture when used on
any façade.
4. Multi-Floor Façade Material Incentive
If a building exterior façade wall elements are exceptionally used with high-quality materials
on the first two stories of the building, they may qualify for:
a. 25% reduction on the masonry requirement; or
b. 25% increase to the EIFS and Stucco requirement.

55
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 6666

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
5. Materials Not Permitted
The following exterior building materials are not permitted to be used on building exterior
façade design:
a. Barrier type Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)
b. Concrete block, painted
c. Concrete block, smooth-faced gray concrete block (CMU) – Color CMU block may be
permitted as an accent material.
d. Concrete panels, tilt-up – not covered with textured paint or another material. May
be used in detailing such as patterns and reveals in finished surfaces, form liners to
create interesting textures and patterns, texture coat paints, and architectural
detailing.
e. Concrete systems, Standard single (T) or double (TT)
f. Emulated brick or masonry (i.e. veneer)
g. Fiber cement siding and faux masonry panels
h. Split shake wood shingles
i. Corrugated metal siding, field painted standard (to be painted in the field – not prefinished) (See Section 1330.040.F.1.b.)
j. Vinyl siding
6. Materials Permitted for Limited Use as Accent Detailing
a. Architectural-grade metal panels may be used as accent material following what is
permitted under Section 1330.040.F.1.b.
b. Rough sawn wood – May only be used as weather-treated wood in a trellis or beam
feature.
c. Stucco and non-barrier type EIFS
d. Wood cladding
e. Fiber cement paneling not replicating brick or masonry
f. Spandrel glass only as accent feature and not for façade of occupied floor space.
7. Window Materials
a. Faux windows (i.e. spandrel glass windows) are permitted where needed for
improvement of exterior façade design. No background materials shall be visible
through faux windows during the day or night.
b. Window mullions shall be selected in colors complementary to the building design.
8. D. Façade Colors Color Palettes [EXISTING LANGUAGE IN BLACK BELOW MOVED FROM
1320.030(FAÇADE MATERIALS),D(FAÇADE COLORS).]
a. Color themes shall consist of a minimum of three (3) different colors: a primary base
color, and secondary accent colors to complement the base color.
b. Facade colors must be low-reflectance, subtle, neutral or earth tone colors. Intense,
bright (i.e. a neon color), black, or fluorescent colors are not permitted to be used as
the predominant color on any wall or roof of any primary or accessory structure.
c. Building trim and accent areas may feature brighter colors, as approved during the
site plan review process.
d. All exterior elements of the building that are metal, such as flues, and flashings shall
be painted a flat color that is compatible with the building and not be left nor
56
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 6767

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
allowed to become bare metal. Exceptions to this standard may occur, such as but
not limited to copper roofs, which do not require painting. These exceptions shall
be reviewed and approved by the Planning Director or their designee.
e. Trademarked corporate/brand color themes may be used but limited when colors
are similar to the description of intense and bright colors in “b.” above. A review
and approval by the Planning Director or their designee shall be required.
G. Renovations and Additions
1. Refer to DIVISION 1400 to see if any nonconformities apply to any additions or renovations
to an existing structure that may limit, for example, options in expansions or material
choices. Contact the Planning Department for assistance with and permitting for renovation
or addition projects.
2. Additions or renovations to an existing exterior wall shall comply with all design standards
including site design, landscaping and parking standards.
3. Additions to an existing building shall be secondary in massing and form to the primary
existing building.
4. Roofs on new additions shall adhere to the existing roof type, materials, and slope.
1330.050 1320.050 Large-Stores and Shopping Centers
A. Applicability
In addition to the requirements listed in Division 1300, "General Development and Design
Standards," the standards of this section apply to all retail uses and food and beverage retail
sales uses on sites that include, in aggregate, more than 70,000 square feet of gross floor area.
B. Pedestrian Circulation
At least one continuous internal pedestrian connecting walkway must be provided from the
public sidewalk or right-of-way and the principal customer entrance of all principal buildings on
the site. Such pedestrian connections must be at least six (6) feet in width. Refer to the Indian
Trail Land Development Standards for the required sidewalk construction standards. At a
minimum, walkways must connect focal points of pedestrian activity such as, but not limited to,
transit stops, street crossings, building and store entry points, and feature items such as
adjoining landscaped areas that includes trees, shrubs, benches, flower beds, planters,
groundcover, or other such materials for no less than 30% of its length.
1. Walkways must be provided along the full length of the building along any facade featuring
a customer entrance, and along any facade abutting public parking areas. Such walkways
must be located a minimum of three (3) feet from the facade of the building to provide
planting beds for foundation landscaping, except where features such as arcades, display
windows, planters or entryways are part of the facade.
2. Customer entrances must have weather protection features, such as awnings, arcades, or
vestibules.
57
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 6868

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
3. All internal pedestrian walkways that cross parking aisles or driveways must be
distinguished from driving surfaces through the use of durable, low-maintenance surface
materials such as pavers, bricks, scored concrete or scored and painted asphalt or applied
surface materials (e.g. bubbled runner mats) designed to enhance pedestrian safety and
comfort. Raised walkways may be installed if elevated six (6) inches with tapered side slopes
and meet ADA standards.
1330.060 1320.060 Industrial Centers/Business Parks
A. Industrial Buildings (for individual properties and parks)
Unless otherwise expressly stated, the material and color standards of this section apply to all
facades visible from a public or private streets or public areas of adjacent sites for allowable
uses in Chapter 570, "Permitted Uses". A sample of well-articulated industrial building façades is
shown in Figure 1300-1.
Figure 1300-1: Preferred Industrial Design

B. Façade Materials
1. All buildings and other structures must be constructed with brick, cementitious (i.e. Hardie)
panels, natural stone, architectural cast stone, EIFS (Exterior Insulation Finishing System),
glass, architecturally finished and integrally colored concrete masonry units, precast wall
panels that incorporate architectural treatment such as integral coloring and texture, or
other comparable, durable materials that are consistent with the purpose and intent of this
chapter and approved during site plan review process. The use of various materials to
produce effects of texture and relief is encouraged to produce diversity and visual interest
while reducing building scale.
2. Unfinished/treated concrete masonry units, unfinished/treated precast panels, metal siding,
and similar utility/economical grade materials may be allowed in service areas and on
exterior walls that are not generally visible from public or private streets or public areas of
adjacent sites unless otherwise stated. The use of metal siding as a primary material visible
from the street or public areas of adjacent sites must be approved through the conditional
rezoning process.

58
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 6969

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
C. Façade Colors
Facade colors must be low-reflectance, subtle, neutral or earth tone colors. Building trim and
accent areas may feature brighter colors, as approved during the site plan review process.
D. Building Articulation
The following standards seek to promote high-quality and creative development and shall apply
to all building facades and exterior walls that are visible from adjoining streets or properties.
Each business park should have a distinct architectural concept that is consistent in theme,
architecture details and the use of building materials. Buildings must include the following
features:
1. Facade offsets, modulation, indentations and architectural details occurring every 80 feet to
create clearly pronounced buildings and to avoid large, blank surfaces. Offsets or offsetting
details shall be a minimum of two (2) feet in width;
2. Screening of equipment and storage areas (if allowed) that is consistent with the primary
structure(s);
3. Reveals, projections, and changes in texture and color of wall surfaces;
4. Landscaping to soften building exteriors;
5. Varying building heights/massing and setbacks to define different functions such as offices
and warehouses;
6. Loading facilities shall not be located in front of the building or side facing a public street or
entryway and shall be located at the rear or side of the site; and
7. Architectural features that conceal rooftop equipment such as HVAC units, from public view.
All flat roof buildings must include parapet screening that includes variations to avoid long,
continuous planes. Roof line areas that are not visible from public or private streets or
public areas of adjacent sites, are not required to have parapets.
E. Entrances
Entrances to individual buildings shall create visual interest and be readily identifiable to visitors,
architecturally integrated within the overall building compositions, and shall incorporate at least
two (2) of the following design standards:
1. Overhangs and canopies;
2. Recesses/projections with raised parapets, gabled roof forms or arches;
3. Outdoor patios;
4. Architectural details such as tile work and moldings that are integrated into the building
structure and design; and
59
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 7070

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

5. Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for sitting.
Chapter 1340 Downtown Design Standards
The standards in this chapter apply to commercial, industrial, multifamily, and mixed-use developments
in the Downtown DCD and DTD zoning districts and supersedes any other design requirements outside
of this chapter.
1340.010 Goals
This chapter supports the following goals of the Indian Trail Downtown Master Plan:






Principle 1, Goal 1 – Promote high quality mixed commercial and housing products within the
downtown that caters to various income ranges.
Principle 2, Goal 1 – Using principles of complete streets, create bike corridors and pedestrian
linkages to parks, amenities, and downtown spaces
Principle 3, Goal 1 – Reconfigure Indian Trail Road, Matthews-Indian Trail Road, UnionvilleIndian Trail Road and the extension of Chestnut Parkway using Complete Streets principles. This
includes land adjustments and the inclusion of sidewalks, landscape, open space, sitting areas,
etc.
Principle 4, Goal 1 – Adopt changes to regulation and zoning to encourage density and eliminate
minimum parking requirements within downtown.

1340.020 Lot and Building Standards
See Chapter 560 Downtown Zoning Districts for detailed lot and building requirements.
1340.030 Open Space
See Chapter 640 Downtown Master Plan Districts for detailed lot and building requirements.
1340.040 Landscaping
See Chapter 8130 Downtown Districts Landscaping Standards for various landscaping requirements.
1340.050 Signage
See Section 9110.120 Monument Signs Along Indian Trail Road Downtown Corridor for monument sign
requirements.
1340.060 Downtown Furnishings
New nonresidential developments in the Downtown districts with pedestrian paths or gathering areas
(ex. a plaza) that is open to public access shall provide furnishings from the product designs specified in
the following products.

60
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 7171

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

A. Benches
Bench Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model Number: Northport Backless Bench
Length: 70 inches long
Color: Brackets = Matte Black, Slats = Aluminum

B. Bike Racks
Bike Rack Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model Number: Northport Backless Bench

Color: Matte Black

D. Trash Receptacles
Trash Receptacle Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model Number: Northport Litter
Style: Side Opening
Color: Container = Matte Black, Frame = Silver Metallic

61
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 7272

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
E. Streetlight, Primary (Primary Corridor)
Primary Streetlight Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model/Collection: Northport
Note: LED “Gas Lamp” element option not
permitted.
Height: Depends on area to be illuminated.
Color: Matte Black

F. Streetlight, Secondary (Secondary Corridor and Parking Lots Visible from Primary Corridors)
Secondary Streetlight Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model/Collection: Northport
Options: Square Poles, No LED “Gas Lamp” Element
Height: Various Options. Depends on area/surface
to be illuminated.
Color: Matte Black

G. Path Light
Path Light Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model Number: Northport
Height: Various Options. Depends on path
size/surface to be illuminated.
Color: Matte Black

62
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 7373

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

DIVISION 1600 TERMINOLOGY AND MEASUREMENT
Chapter 1620 Definitions
1620.190 Definitions – “S”
Spandrel Glass
Glass to give the appearance of a real glass door or window, but it is treated to be opaque to hide the
view of any interior building structure or contents. Examples of the use of spandrel glass can be to
provide faux windows or doors on facades that are highly visible to the public and can provide glazing
over structural/mechanical spaces between floors to give the outside appearance of continuous glass
panels.

L. DEFINE GARAGE
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The current UDO does not provide a general description of a residential garage. The intent is to detail
that the items are only motor vehicles and other household items owned by the home occupants.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 1600 TERMINOLOGY AND MEASUREMENT
Chapter 1620 Definitions
1620.070 Definitions – “G”
Garage, Residential
A residential portion of a principal building or a detached accessory building designed to be used for the
storage of motor vehicles and other household items of the premises occupants.

63
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 7474

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

M. REMOVAL OF DOWNTOWN OVERLAY REFERENCES
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Staff discovered a few old Downtown overlay references still in the ordinance that need to be removed
since the three Downtown districts replaced the previous zoning and overlay.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 900 SIGNS
Chapter 9110 Freestanding and Ground Mounted Signs
9110.120 Monument Signs Along Indian Trail Road Downtown Corridor
The following requirements are only for monument signs along the Indian Trail Road from Hwy 74 to Old
Monroe Road and in the Downtown Overlay zoning districts. Sample images are provided in Figure 9001 below and an image summarizing the sign details are in Figure 900-2. The following requirements shall
apply:
A. [NO CHANGES TO A THRU F.]
DIVISION 1300 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN STANDARDS
Chapter 1310 Integrity and Design Standards
1310.070 Multi-Unit Apartment/Condo Buildings: Attached and Multi-Family
A. [NO CHANGES TO A THRU D, F THRU I, AND K.]
E. Building Design
The following standards apply to all building facades and exterior walls that are visible from
adjoining streets, properties or parking areas.
1. [NO CHANGES TO 1 THRU 5.]
6. For proposed buildings located within the Downtown Overlay zoning districts, exposed
stairwells, corridors, or breezeways shall not be permitted. In the event of conflict with the
design guidelines of the Downtown Master Plan the master plan shall apply.
J.

Open Space
1. General
a. [NO CHANGES TO a,c AND d.]
b. At least 15% of the gross acreage of the site (outside of Downtown Overlay zoning
districts) shall be set-aside for park, recreation, greenway, or open space sites to
serve the recreational needs of the residents of the subdivision or development A
64

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 7575

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
minimum of 10% of the gross acreage shall be set aside for sites within the
Downtown Overlay District zoning districts.
2. Design and Active Amenities
[NO CHANGES UNDER “2”.]

N. UPDATE TO DOWN-ZONING LANGUAGE FROM NEW LEGISLATION
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The proposed revisions are in response to new legislation passed changing G.S. 160D-601,(d).

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 300 DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES
Chapter 320 Zoning Map and Ordinance Text Amendments
320.020 Initiation of Amendments
An amendment to the text of this ordinance or to the zoning map or to the Town's comprehensive plan
may be initiated by the Town Council, the Planning and Zoning Board, the planning staff, or any other
interested person.
A. Down-Zoning
If an amendment to the zoning map or the ordinance proposes to down-zone property, the
request may only be initiated with by the landowner(s) written consent or the Town of the
landowners pursuant to G.S. 160D-601.(d) and S.L. 2019-111, Pt. I. A down-zoning is proposed
amendments that affect an area of land in the following ways:
1. Decreasing development density to less dense than previously allowed.
2. Reducing the permitted uses of the land to fewer uses than were previously allowed.
3. Creating any type of nonconformity on land not in a residential zoning district, including
nonconformities for use, lot, structure, improvement, or site elements.
B. Application Requirements
A rezoning/zoning map amendment application must include:
1. [A THRU F MOVED TO HERE AND NO CHANGES OTHER THAN NEW NUMBERING.]
A. [EXISTING A THRU F MOVED TO B. “APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS” ABOVE.]

65
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 7676

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

O. REMOVE CONDITIONAL ZONING REQUIREMENT FOR OPEN SPACE AND
CLUSTER SUBDIVISIONS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Residential Open Space and Cluster Developments are existing options provided in the UDO beyond the
standard Conventional Developments. The rationale is that if a proposed residential development meets
the UDO requirements provided and no rezoning is needed, no conditional zoning process is needed to
build by-right. Staff views Open Space and Cluster Developments in the same way but they are required
to go through a Conditional Zoning. This amendment removes the requirement for Conditional Zoning if
the UDO requirements can be met.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 500 BASE ZONING DISTRICTS
Chapter 520 Residential Districts
520.030 Development Types
Different development options are offered in the R districts as a way of promoting a wide variety of
housing options and lifestyle choices. The development options described in this section may be used at
the property owner’s election.
A. Conventional Development
“Conventional development” is a term used to describe lot-by-lot development on lots that have
been lawfully established. It is, in effect, any development that occurs outside of an approved
open space development, cluster development or master planned development. Lot and
building standards for conventional development can be found in Section 520.040 (Table 500-1).
B. Open Space Development
The open space development option allows smaller lots and other flexible lot and building
standards in exchange for the provision of common open space that is not typically provided in a
conventional development. An open space development shall be reviewed and approved in
accordance with Chapter 330 “Conditional Zoning District” and the requirements of DIVISION
1200. Lot and building standards for open space development can be found in Section 520.040
(Table 500-1). Additional open space development standards are included in the Subdivision
Review Chapter.
C. Cluster Development
The cluster development option allows even greater flexibility in exchange for the provisions of
a greater amount of common open space than required for open space developments. A cluster
development shall be reviewed and approved in accordance with Chapter 330 “Conditional
Zoning District” and the requirements of DIVISION 1200. Lot and building standards for cluster
development can be found in Section 520.040 (Table 500-1). Additional cluster development
standards are included in the Subdivision Review Chapter.

66
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 7777

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

DIVISION 800 LANDSCAPING
Chapter 840 Canopy Trees, Parking Lot Plantings, And Street Trees
840.010 Canopy Tree Planting Requirements
A. All developments subject to the tree save area requirements of Section 830.040.B that cannot
save the required amount of canopy through the preservation of existing trees will be required
to meet the canopy requirement through the planting of new canopy trees consistent with this
Section. The area of newly planted canopy trees will be calculated on the basis of the estimated
canopy at maturity as described in Section 830.040.D. (i.e. 1,600 square feet for large maturing
trees; 900 square feet for medium maturing trees; and 400 square feet for small maturing trees)
The minimum canopy tree cover shall be provided as follows:
Table 800-4: Minimum Canopy Tree Cover
Land Use Classification
Zoning District
MXD
CONDITIONAL ZONING
TND
DISTRICTS
Cluster and Open Space
Subdivision
MFR
SF-5
SF-4
SF-3
SF-2
RESIDENTIAL
SF-1
RSF
Cluster and Open Space
Subdivision in Any of the
Residential Districts

Minimum Tree Canopy
10%
10%
10%
15%
15%
15%
15%
20%
20%
20%
10%

Note: Only showing necessary portions of the table columns and rows to depict the changes.

B. [NO CHANGES HERE.]

P. REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICALLY FOR DOWNTOWN LANDSCAPING
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Landscaping requirements specifically for the new Downtown districts is currently very sparce. The new
sections and the incorporation of the existing section on downtown street trees will help to provide
guidance to provide a balance between attractive landscaping and the concentration of development in
the future development of Downtown.

67
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 7878

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 800 LANDSCAPING
Chapter 810 Buffer Yards, Parking Lots and Street Frontages
810.010 Scope and Purpose
These regulations establish minimum requirements for buffer yards, perimeter landscaping, and parking
lot landscaping. The intent and purposes of these provisions include:
A. [NO CHANGES TO A THRU E.]
F. For areas located within the Downtown Core District (DCD) and Downtown Transition District
(DTD), refer to Chapter 8130.
810.030 Applicability
[NO CHANGES TO INTRO LANGUAGE AND FINAL NOTE AT THE END OF THE SECTION.]
A. [NO CHANGES TO A, B, C AND E.]
D. If a buffer yard is not required and the development does not trigger the parking lot landscaping
requirements of Section 810.120 "Parking Lot Landscaping", then perimeter landscaping
consistent with Section 810.180 "Perimeter Lot Line Landscaping Requirements" or street tree
plantings consistent with Section 810.190 8130.040 "Street Tree Planting in Downtown Districts"
will be required.
F. Buffer yards shall not be applicable in the Downtown Districts. Refer to Chapter 8130,
Downtown Landscaping Standards.
810.120 Parking Lot Landscaping
A. “…The Planning Director will make a determination as to whether trees required by Chapter
840, "Canopy Trees, Parking Lot Plantings, and Street Trees", of the Tree Ordinance are credited
toward the landscaping requirements for parking lot perimeters, interiors, or the landscaping
required adjacent to buildings.”
B. Interior parking lot landscaping requirements of Section 810.120 shall remain applicable within
the Downtown Districts unless otherwise modified by Chapter 8130.
810.190 Street Tree Planting in Downtown Districts [MOVED SECTION TO CHAPTER 8130.]
810.200 190 Coordination of Landscaping and Pedestrian Improvements
810.210 200 Maintenance and Irrigation of Landscaping

68
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 7979

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

Chapter 8130 810.190 Street Tree Planting in Downtown Districts Landscaping Standards
[REPLACES 810.190.]
8130.010 Purpose
The purpose of this Chapter is to establish landscaping standards for the Downtown Districts, Downtown
Core District (DCD) and Downtown Transition District (DTD), that:
A. Preserve the pedestrian-oriented character of the Downtown Districts.
B. Enhance the public realm, provide shade and visual interest, and ensure that landscaping is
incorporated where site conditions allow while preserving the traditional urban development
pattern characterized by buildings located on or near property lines.
C. Reduce the adverse impacts of more intense land uses upon adjacent residential areas and
other less intense land uses in the Downtown Districts.
D. Minimize the visual impact of surface parking lots, support downtown streetscape objectives,
and maintain an urban character that prioritizes buildings and public spaces over parking areas.
Landscaping requirements shall balance aesthetic enhancement with the compact development
pattern and constrained site conditions common within the Downtown Districts.
8130.020 Applicability
A. The standards of this section shall apply to all new principal buildings, redevelopment requiring
site plan approval, changes of use from residential to non-residential use, and expansions of
existing development within the Downtown Districts (DCD and DTD) unless otherwise exempted
herein.
B. Landscape strips or areas required by this Chapter may satisfy multiple requirements where the
Planning Director determines the landscaping fulfills the intent of each applicable standard.
C. This Chapter is intended to provide alternative landscaping requirements for properties located
within the Downtown Districts for buffer yards, perimeter landscaping of parking lots, perimeter
lot line landscaping, and street frontages. Where the provisions of Chapter 8130 conflict with
any requirement of Division 800, the provisions of Chapter 8130 shall govern. All provisions of
Division 800 not expressly modified or superseded by Chapter 8130 shall remain in full force and
effect.
8130.030 General Standards
A. Landscaping shall be integrated into site design in a manner that enhances the appearance of
streets, public spaces, parking areas, and building frontages.

69
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 8080

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
B. Landscaping required by this section may include street trees, planting strips, planter beds,
raised planters, tree grates, structural soil systems, or similar improvements approved by the
Planning Director.
C. Required landscaping shall be maintained in a healthy and growing condition and replaced when
dead, diseased, or significantly damaged. The Town recommended trees and shrubs list is found
in Chapter 1710, Appendix 1.
8130.040 810.190 Street Tree Planting in Downtown Districts [MOVED FROM 810.190 TO HERE.]
Street trees will be planted consistent with the requirements of Section 840.030 "Street Tree Planting
Requirements" of the Tree Ordinance except as provided herein for the Downtown Master Plan
Districts.
A. New construction Applicable properties within the Downtown Master Plan Districts must install
one (1) street or parkway tree for every 30 feet of lot frontage on a public or private street.
Street or parkway tree means a tree planted along a street, road, or thoroughfare either in the
sidewalk or in a landscaped area between the sidewalk and the curb. Figure 800-9 shows trees
planted in the parkway illustrates acceptable street tree planting locations within the
Downtown Districts, including parkway planting areas and sidewalk tree wells.
Figure 800-9: Trees will be planted in the sidewalk within the Downtown Districts Example of
Tree Planting in Sidewalk Tree Wells

Source: Metropolitan Design Center Image Bank; University of Minnesota

B. Street/parkway trees planted in the Downtown Master Plan Districts must have a minimum
caliper size of 2.5 inches at the time of planting.
C. No medium/large deciduous tree is required in any existing sidewalk or parkway that is less than
six (6) feet in width measured from the edge of the sidewalk to the curb, however, on these
smaller sidewalks small deciduous trees must be planted consistent with the recommendation
from the Town’s approved street tree list or as approved by the Planning Director of the Parks,
Greenway, and Tree Committee.
70
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 8181

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

D. All street/parkway trees must be installed in accordance with standard practices of horticultural
professionals and in a good and workmanlike manner and must be maintained by the property
owner in good condition for a period of not less than five (5) years prior to a final certificate of
compliance being issued. After the a five (5) year period, tree maintenance will be the
responsibility of the Town of Indian Trail trees located within public rights-of-way shall become
the responsibility of the Town upon acceptance.
8130.050 Side Yard Landscaping
A. Buildings Constructed to Side Property Line
Where a principal building is constructed with a zero-foot (0') side setback directly on a side
property line, no side landscape strip shall be required along the portion of the side property
line occupied by the building; however, the Planning Director may require screening of service
areas, mechanical equipment, loading areas, refuse collection areas, or other mitigation
measures consistent with the intent of this Chapter and reasonably related to reducing impacts
on adjacent properties.
B. Buildings Not Constructed to Side Property Line
Where a principal building is not constructed to a side property line and a side setback is
provided, a landscape strip shall be installed as follows:
Figure 800-99: Example of Side Landscape Strip

1. A minimum three-foot (3') wide landscape
strip shall be provided along the side
property line for the length of the building
setback area. If a building is not
constructed with a zero-foot (0') side
setback directly on a side property line but
is placed with less than the minimum threefoot (3') wide landscape strip on the side
property line, Section A above shall apply.
2. The landscape strip shall contain:

Source: Google Maps, 301 & 303 S. Indian Trail Road

a. A combination of shrubs (not less than 24 inches tall at the time of installation and
planted not more than three (3) feet apart); and,
b. One of the following:
(1) Ornamental grasses, groundcover, perennial plantings, or other approved
plant material.
3. One understory tree (small, maturing deciduous tree) shall be planted for every thirty (30)
linear feet, or fraction thereof. If existing vegetation is in an area where a tree should be
planted in the side landscape strip, the new tree planting shall be relocated where sufficient
growing area exists.

71
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 8282

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
4. Alternative treatments, including decorative planters, green walls, vine trellises, or similar
urban landscape features, may be approved by the Planning Director where utility conflicts,
fire access requirements, or site constraints make installation of a continuous planting strip
impractical.
C. Side Yard Landscaping Adjacent to Residential Uses
Where a side property line of a lot within the Downtown Districts abuts a residential zoning
district or existing residential use and a side yard setback is provided, the required side yard
landscaping shall include:
1. A minimum three-foot (3') landscape strip; and
2. One of the following:
a. A continuous hedge capable of attaining a minimum height of six feet (6') within
three (3) years of planting.
b. A decorative masonry wall, architectural fence, or comparable screening feature
meeting the requirements of Section 710.050 Fences and Walls.
c. A combination of landscaping and fencing that achieves an equivalent level of visual
screening and compatibility.
The screening area shall be designed to soften views of buildings, parking areas, loading areas,
refuse collection areas, mechanical equipment, outdoor storage, and other service functions
from adjacent residential properties.
8130.060 Perimeter Landscaping of Parking Lots in Downtown Districts
A. Parking Lot Frontage Screening
1. Where a parking lot is located between a public street and a principal building, or where a
parking lot directly abuts public street frontage, a landscaped screening area shall be
provided along the street-facing edge of the parking lot.
2. The screening area shall consist of one of the following:
a. A minimum three-foot (3') wide landscaped planting strip containing shrubs,
ornamental grasses, and other plant materials capable of achieving an average
height of thirty-six inches (36") within three (3) years; or
b. A decorative masonry wall, decorative metal fence with landscaping, raised planter,
or similar streetscape element providing equivalent screening of parked vehicles.
3. Screening shall be designed to obscure headlights and reduce views of parked vehicles from
adjacent sidewalks while maintaining adequate sight distance for motorists and pedestrians.
4. Frontage Tree Planting
Where a landscaped planting strip or screening is provided pursuant to Section
72
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 8383

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
8130.060(A)(2), one (1) understory tree shall be planted for every thirty (30) linear feet, or
fraction thereof, of the parking lot frontage screening area (see Town recommended trees
and shrubs list is found in Chapter 1710, Appendix 1).
a. Required trees may be located within the planting strip, adjacent landscape areas,
or other portions of the site frontage where sufficient growing area exists, as
determined by the Planning Director.
b. Trees required by this subsection shall not be required where the Planning Director
determines that the required tree location would conflict with street or parkway
trees installed pursuant to Section 8130.040, utility infrastructure, sight-distance
requirements, driveways, pedestrian access, or other site constraints.
c. Street or parkway trees installed pursuant to Section 8130.040 may satisfy the tree
requirement of this subsection when the Planning Director determines that such
trees provide equivalent canopy and streetscape benefits.
B. Side and Rear Perimeter Landscaping
1. Parking lots adjacent to a side or rear property line shall provide a minimum three-foot (3')
landscape strip along the parking lot perimeter.
2. The landscape strip shall contain a combination of:
a. Shrubs, ornamental grasses, and other plant materials capable of achieving an
average height of thirty-six inches (36") within three (3) years; and,
b. One understory tree shall be planted for every thirty (30) linear feet, or fraction
thereof. If existing vegetation is in an area where a tree should be planted in the
side or rear landscape strip, the new tree planting shall be relocated where
sufficient growing area exists, as determined by the Planning Director.
3. Where the parking lot abuts a residential zoning district or existing residential use, the
perimeter landscape strip shall include a screening element meeting one of the following
standards:
a. A continuous hedge capable of attaining a height of six feet (6') within three (3)
years;
b. A decorative masonry wall, architectural fence, or comparable screening feature
meeting the requirements of Section 710.050 Fences and Walls; or
c. A combination of landscaping and fencing that provides equivalent screening.
8130.070 Screening of Mechanical and Utility Equipment in Downtown Districts
A. General
All ground (air conditioners, heat pumps, etc.) and wall (antennas, meters, pipes, vents, etc.)
mounted mechanical or other utility equipment must be fully screened from view from any
adjacent public or private street, public sidewalk, or publicly accessible open space using
features such as green screens (vines wrapping a metal screen), fences, false facades or dense
73
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 8484

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
landscaping. Consider site topography in design for rooftop equipment screening and adjust
accordingly. For example, if a portion of the perimeter road is elevated so more of the rooftop
equipment is visible even though the parapet or screen on the roof is adequate from the ground
view adjacent to the building, the height of the parapet or screen on the roof should be
increased.
B. Standards
When landscaping is used it should have a minimum height of four (4) feet at the time of
installation and should achieve a minimum 90% opacity within two (2) years. Landscaping
screening must follow any minimum clearance requirements recommended by the
manufacturer and/or utility entity.
C. Post Site Plan Review Approval Additions or Relocations
If there are any additions or relocations of mechanical and utility equipment after the site
construction plans are approved by Indian Trail, a proposed drawing with revisions to the
approved plan (RTAP) shall be submitted to the Planning Department for review.
8130.080 Landscaping Adjacent to Buildings in Downtown Districts
Exterior building walls adjacent to parking lots, driving aisles, or public sidewalks that are visible from a
public or private right-of-way must be improved with a landscaped buffer strip at least three (3) feet in
width. Where the exterior building façade provides public access to the building and is adjacent to a
surface parking lot and/or a driving aisle there shall be a combined landscape strip and walkway with a
width of at least eight (8) feet. This requirement may be modified pursuant to Section 8130.090.
8130.090 Flexibility for Downtown Conditions
The Planning Director may modify the screening requirements or dimensional requirements of this
Chapter where existing site conditions, easements, utility conflicts, access requirements, shared parking
arrangements, redevelopment of existing lots, fire access requirements, historic development patterns
or the preservation of significant trees make strict compliance impracticable, provided the proposed
alternative achieves the intent of buffering and compatibility between downtown and residential
development or the alternative design achieves the intent of screening parking areas and enhancing the
downtown streetscape. Such modification requests must be reviewed and approved by the Planning
Director based on criteria subsection B prior to implementation of plans to be reviewed or revised.
A. Recognizing the unique urban form and constrained lot conditions within the Downtown
Districts, the Planning Director may approve alternative compliance measures that achieve the
intent of this section, including:
1. Enhanced streetscape planters;
2. Decorative raised planting beds;
3. Green walls or living screens;
4. Structural soil systems supporting street trees;

74
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 8585

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
5. Public plaza landscaping; or
6. Other equivalent landscape treatments that contribute to the pedestrian environment and
urban character of Downtown.
B. The Planning Director may approve a modification only upon finding that:
1. Strict compliance is impracticable;
2. The alternative design achieves the intent of this Chapter;
3. The modification will not adversely impact adjacent properties or the public realm;
4. The applicant has submitted sufficient evidence demonstrating that site conditions make
strict compliance impracticable.

Q. UPDATE TO CAMPAIGN/ELECTION SIGNS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The revisions here update the section of UDO to match current requirements in G.S. § 136-32.
Regulation of Signs.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 900 SIGNS
Chapter 940 Signs Not Requiring a Permit
940.070 Campaign and Election Signs
Campaign and election signs provided that:
A. Each sign shall not exceed 20 6 square feet in area.
B. All such signs may be erected no sooner than 45 days in advance of the 30th day before the
beginning date of early voting in the election for which they were made, and the period ends on
the 10th day after the election per G.S. 136-32. “Regulation of signs”.
C. All such signs shall be removed within seven (7) days after the election for which they were
made.
D. Signs may be placed within Town or State roadway right-of-ways. No sign shall be placed on any
curb, sidewalk, post, pole, hydrant, bridge, tree, or other surface located on, over, or across any
public street or right-of-way.

75
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 8686

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
E. Thirty days after the end of the posting period mentioned in “B.” above, any such sign in a rightof-way is deemed unlawful and may be removed and discarded.
F. Sign Placement
The person posting the sign must obtain permission of any property owner of a residence,
business, or religious institution fronting the right-of-way where a sign would be erected and
must meet the following placement requirements:
1. Must not place in the right-of-way of a fully controlled access highway.
2. Must not place any closer than three (3) feet from the edge of the pavement of the road.
3. Must not obscure motorist visibility at an intersection.
4. Must not be higher than 42 inches above the edge of the pavement of the road.

R. CLARIFICATION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT ALLOWING STORMWATER
RETENTION STRUCTURE ENCROACHMENT INTO LANDSCAPE BUFFERS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Staff has experienced several incidents where the engineered BMP pond structures encroach into
required landscape buffers or tree save areas. This group of revisions provides clarification on exactly
where the BMP pond structures end, where landscape required areas exist, and that encroachment will
not be permitted.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 800 LANDSCAPING
Chapter 810 Buffer Yards, Parking Lots and Street Frontages
810.040 Landscape Buffer Yards
A buffer yard is required at the edge or boundary of a parcel or development site that is adjacent to a
less intensive land use.
A. Buffers must be improved with trees, shrubs, ground covers, and screening but the Planning
Director may also permit buffer yards to be occupied by stormwater retention areas provided
such stormwater retention facilities are meet the following setbacks for one (or both) of the
retention designs below, at least 10 feet from any property line and provided such retention
areas incorporate state of the art improvements (e.g. wet pond fountains with circulations
systems or rain gardens) that make the facilities a significant amenity to the development.
Stormwater detention areas shall not occupy required landscape buffers.
1. For an Above-ground Retention Design as shown below in Figure 810-A, the outside toe of
slope of the above-ground facility shall be located a minimum distance of at least 10 feet
76
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 8787

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
away from any property line. Within the buffer yard (shown as landscape buffer yard), trees
and screening are required and will consist of the following:
a. Trees planted in this area must be small deciduous and ornamental trees planted at
an average rate of one (1) tree for every 20 linear feet of buffer with the maximum
distance between two (2) trees of 40 feet; and
b. A solid evergreen hedge to be placed between the taller elements required below
and the adjacent property line with shrubs every 3 feet on center (“O.C.”).
Figure 810-A: Above-ground Retention Design, NTS

2. For a Below-ground Retention Design as shown below in Figure 810-B, the finished grade
(also shown as the 10-foot maintenance access) shall be located a minimum distance of at
least 10 feet away from any property line. Within the buffer yard (shown as landscape
buffer yard), trees and screening are required and will consist of the following:
a. Trees planted in this area must be small deciduous and ornamental trees planted at
an average rate of one (1) tree for every 20 linear feet of buffer with the maximum
distance between two (2) trees of 40 feet; and
b. A solid evergreen hedge to be placed between the taller elements required below
and the adjacent property line with shrubs every 3 feet on center (“O.C.”).

77
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 8888

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

Figure 810-B: Below-ground Retention Design, NTS

B. [NO CHANGES TO B THRU E.]

S. REMOVE ALL SCHOOL DATA REQUEST REQUIREMENTS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
At the Town Council hearing to remove the School Impact Study and replace it with the School Capacity
Report, Town Council requested that Staff bring back a new proposal to totally delete the School
Capacity Report language as well. Town Council’s wish is to not risk placing too much emphasis on one
single issue, such as school capacity or transportation, when considering new project proposals.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 300 DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES
Chapter 330 Conditional Zoning Districts
330.030 Staff Reviews
A. Technical Review Committee
The TRC shall review and comment on the proposed project to ensure all of the Town
ordinances are being complied with. Once the TRC comments are addressed and the project is
resubmitted the community meeting may be scheduled.
B. School Capacity Report
For proposed residential projects consisting of fifty (50) lots/units or more, staff will reach out to
78
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 8989

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
the Union County Public Schools district to request a report on capacity for the applicable
schools as required in UDO Chapter 13140.
380.040 Review Comments, Responses and Approvals
A. Review Comments
[NO CHANGES TO TEXT HERE.]
B. School Capacity Report
A school capacity report for residential developments of fifty (50) lots/units or greater as
required in UDO Chapter 13140 must be requested by staff from the Union County Public
Schools district unless previously submitted through the rezoning approval process.
B. C. Approval by Planning Director
[NO CHANGES TO TEXT HERE.]
C. D. Expiration of Approval
[NO CHANGES TO TEXT HERE.]
DIVISION 1100 SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS
Chapter 1110 General Provisions
1110.080 School Capacity Report
Staff must request a School Capacity Report, typically in the form of an email, from the Union County
Public Schools’ Facilities Department for single-family and multifamily residential development
applications consisting of 50-lots/units or more.
A. Minimum Study Requirements
School capacity reports typically provide the school names in the attendance area between
primary school and twelfth (12th) grades, each of those school’s percentage rated capacity, total
residential units contributing to each relative attendance area, and any advisory comments or
disclaimers the Facilities Department wishes to pass along to the Town.
B. Submittal
Staff must submit a school capacity report within the conditional rezoning staff report
corresponding to the proposed residential development. If the residential development is not
associated with the conditional rezoning application, the report must be attached in the Town’s
review software system corresponding to the proposed residential development.
C. Exceptions
Nursing care or skilled care facility uses are exempt from the requirements of UDO Chapter
13140.
This concludes the proposed additions and revisions to the UDO.
*********************************************************************************
79
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 9090

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
PLANNING AND ZONING BOARD MEETING

On September 15, 2026, the Planning and Zoning Board voted unanimously to recommend approval of
this request with the following questions for staff, staff’s responses and any revisions made within the
changes shown in this staff report. See Attachment 1 for the draft meeting minutes. The last item,
Number 8, shows revisions that were made to the Data Center section after discussions with the Town
Attorney. The 8 items shown below were shared with the Planning and Zoning Board members.
1. Question in staff report section “B. DATA CENTERS”, Section 7280.020.C: Why are we referring
to parking requirements when parking minimums are going away?
a. Staff: parking minimums are not going away until January 1, 2027. The text amendment
case related to parking minimums will be coming from Staff in a few months.
2. Question in staff report section “C. PROVIDE SAMPLE FINAL PLAT CERTIFICATION LANGUAGE”,
Section 370.060.D.2.a: Last sentence in existing (not proposed) text runs on.
a. Staff: corrected in this Town Council Meeting staff report as shown in blue in the
following image.

3. Question in staff report section “K. TOWN DESIGN STANDARDS”, Section 1320.020.B.4: Terms
new side-entry term was not used later in the sentence as the old term “side-loading” was used.
a. Staff: corrected to match for consistency.

80
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 9191

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
b. Figure 1300-99: Maximum Front Projection for Side-Entry Garage

4. Question in staff report section “K. TOWN DESIGN STANDARDS”, Section 1330.040.F.7.c:
Spandrel glass needs to be defined and completed. Also, asked if picture would help.
a. Staff: Added definition of spandrel glass in Chapter 1620. A picture would not be as
helpful as a definition, so the definition will explain its purpose.

81
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 9292

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
5. Question in staff report section “K. TOWN DESIGN STANDARDS”, Section 1330.060.A: In text not
being revised, add a figure reference in text and a caption if the name of the building in the
picture is known.
a. Staff: Added reference in the paragraph above the image. We will look at identifying or
replacing the image in the future with a known facility.

6. DONE Question in staff report section “K. TOWN DESIGN STANDARDS”, Section 1340.060.E:
Clarify statement under “Option:” that lights are not to have an LED “Gas Lamp” element and
insert the correct photo that does not show the wrong element.
a. Staff: Revised “Option: No LED “Gas Lamp” Element” to “Note: LED “Gas Lamp” element
option not permitted.” Inserted new image of lamp without gas lamp element.

7. Question in staff report section “P. REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICALLY FOR DOWNTOWN
LANDSCAPING”, Section 8130.050.C: Suggested pictures are needed to explain requirements.
a. Staff: No existing photos since such a landscape strip has not been used to date. Can
provide once example is constructed.

82
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 9393

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026
8. Revisions to “B. Data Centers” due to discussions with Town Attorney as follows:
a. Lot Setbacks and Distances

b. Revisions to noise standards

83
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 9494

Project Number and Reference: ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Amendments)
Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Date: September 15, 2026
Town Council Meeting Date: October 13, 2026

REQUIRED CONSISTENCY FINDINGS
The Planning and Zoning Board is required to make two consistency findings, one for consistency with
Town adopted plans and another regarding the benefit of the public. Staff is of the opinion the following
findings can be made:
1. The proposed UDO amendment is consistent with the following goals of the Comprehensive
Plan:
 Community Engagement and Communication Goal No. 1: By communicating effectively
with residents, business owners, and other stakeholders to ensure a well-informed and
inclusive community.


Economic Development Goal No. 2: By supporting existing businesses within the town
through effective communication and community outreach

2. This UDO ordinance amendment is in the best interest of the public because it improves town
development processes.
Staff recommends that the Planning and Zoning Board make the required consistency findings and
recommend adoption of this UDO Text Amendment ZT 2026-0095 as presented.
Attachments
Attachment 1 Draft September 15, 2026 Planning and Zoning Board Meeting Minutes

Staff Contact
Tim Jones, AICP, CZO
Senior Planner
[email protected]
(704) 821-5401, Ext 371

84
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 9595

ATTACHMENT 1

P.O. Box 2430
Indian Trail, North Carolina 28079
Telephone 704-821-5401
PLANNING and ZONING
BOARD MINUTES
Tuesday, September 15, 2026
6:00 P.M.

DETERMINATION OF QUORUM
A quorum was present. The meeting was called to order by Chair, Meg Fielding.

CALL TO ORDER
The following members of the governing body were present:
Board Members:
Applicants:

Chair, Meg Fielding; Member, Richard Sayre; Member, Tiffany Cooper, Vice Chair,
Cynthia Wiley, Member, Ken Curtis
Joseph Eason, Property Owner; 814 Services, LLC, Mark Cullenberger; Town of
Indian Trail Planning Department

Staff Members:

Senior Planner, Tim Jones; Senior Planner, Tyler Hayaski; Planner, Josue Pena;
Board Secretary, Jennifer Jackson; Planning Technician, Renee Nolan

Absent:

Board Member, Sidney Sandy; Board Member, Kim Sandoval

APPROVAL OF PREVIOUS PLANNING and ZONING BOARD MEETING
MINUTES
Motion to approve July 21, 2026, Minutes was made by Member, Richard Sayre.
Seconded by Vice Chair, Cynthia Wiley.
The Motion passed unanimously.

1
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

September 15, 2026
Page 9696

NEW BUSINESS- ZM 2026-0101 (3010 W. Unionville Indian Trail Rd)
Planner, Josue Pena presented an overview of the project to the Board. The link for the Planning and
Zoning Board meeting can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZTffa7N1q-M

REQUEST SUMMARY
This is a request to rezone one parcel, approximately +/- 1.60 acres, located at 3010 W. Unionville Indian
Trail Road, at the intersection of Unionville Indian Trail and Poplin Roads, from RSF (Rural Single Family)
to GBD (General Business District). The intent is to allow redevelopment of the property for a childcare
center.

BOARD Q&A
Member, Richard Sayre questioned road access. If you come from the East, you would have to make a
U-turn at the nearest street. Commercial development would not want that. Who would be responsible
for widening the road to allow for U-Turn access?
Member, Ken Curtis responded that U-Turn access is already allowed there.
Planner, Josue Pena responded that overall improvements would come down to the Applicant when
they apply with NCDOT and they would do their studies and analyze the options. NCDOT would make the
determinations and impose or require those improvements.
Applicant’s Representative, Joseph Perry commented that there are plans for improvements on Poplin
Rd. The property owner has signed a temporary construction easement for that matter on both sides of
Poplin Rd.
Vice Chair, Cynthia Wiley stated in their printed material it states under the section for approval or
denial considerations, that due to the preexisting nearby rural residential properties, commercial use
intensity impacts may affect the nearby neighbors. As it further states that landscaped buffers range
from 15 to 50ft. In this presentation says a 25ft buffer is required. Would Staff increase to 50ft where
there is a residential adjacent to the property? Could the Board approve this with that condition?
Planner, Josue Pena responded that would depend on the final land use that would end up being
developed. A childcare center is categorized as land use number two, and this is why in the presentation
you see the 25ft buffer because that would be the requirement. There are no land use groups three or
three tiers that are compatible with this zoning.
Vice Chair, Cynthia Wiley asked if they could request a 50ft buffer?
Planner, Josue Pena clarified that because this is not a conditional rezoning, that they could not.

2
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

September 15, 2026
Page 9797

PUBLIC COMMENTS
Chair, Meg Fielding opened the floor for public comments.
Resident, Carolyn Chapman (Resident of Bonterra Village) stated that she does not object to having a
childcare center development. However, she is concerned about the location of this, it is very crowded
on that corner. She has witnessed development and it’s very narrow because of the median. Getting
through that area is just one lane where this property is to be rezoned. While it does widen a bit as you
drive further down, but again, it is very narrow getting there. She understands that growth is inevitable
and property owners have their rights. She understands that responsible development requires us to look
at everything that has to do within our community and that land use is one of them. Traffic, safety,
infrastructure and the cumulative impact of surrounding development. This proposal site is 1.6 acres
and a 12,500ft childcare center. Immediately behind this property is the Fallbrook new subdivision and
their intension is to build 118 Single Family units and 119 Townhome units, bringing the total to 237 units.
Perceiving that each unit would have at least 2 vehicles driven in and out of the neighborhood while the
childcare center would be opening and closing. There’s a lot of activity going to happen and there’s a lot
there already. Bonterra is huge with 900 houses, so there is already a lot of traffic. She read in the Town’s
material that this area is experiencing significant growth with increasing vehicles, pedestrians and EBikes.
Resident, Veronica Hillebrand (3608 Edgeview Dr.) stated that she walks to work every day, and Indian
Trail is supposed to be the Town of trees. The same day as she walked to work, she thought about how
great these trees are and, on the walk home, she noticed that the trees were being cut down and now
there are a bunch of apartments being developed because traffic isn’t bad enough? It’s a two-lane road,
where is the water being consumed? We are in a drought, and water is being pulled from Anson Co. We
do not have the water for this project. The construction in the area is getting hotter, and everyone wants
to cut down the trees and build. Why not a skatepark? We do not need another store. Why do we have to
cut down trees, and encroach with so much traffic? Growth makes a populace grow. It makes people
want to come and move in. It’s getting too congested.
Brittany Cabono (Resident of Annadale Subdivision) spoke about Data Centers, and they come with a lot
of issues. One being the most important is about water, which she hopes would be taking with great
consideration. Additionally, a closed-loop data center would have the least amount of damage to the
area should one be accepted. It also does not bring in jobs for the Town; it will scare people away and
keep people from coming in. (Speaker spoke during this portion of public comments but meant to speak
later on during Text Amendments Public Comments)
Member, Richard Sayre asked if the person who was here to speak on behalf of the road improvements
to come up and speak.
Mark Cullenberger (814 Services, LLC) states that he has had initial conversations with NCDOT, the
Developer, and traffic consultant. They have not gotten to the design phase yet. Poplin as it heads from
3
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

September 15, 2026
Page 9898

North to South at the intersection is going to undergo a pretty large improvement associated with that
development. One of the reasons they want to continue the conversation with NCDOT is because of the
median that is on Unionville Indian Trail Road to see what can be done to allow for better access on
Poplin Road.
Member, Richard Sayre asked who would be paying for the improvements? NCDOT or the Developer?
Mark Cullenberger responded that would be the Developer.
Member, Ken Curtis commented that all the access and traffic come when there is a site plan review,
this is just about the rezoning.

MOTION
Vice Chair, Cynthia Wiley made the motion to approve ZM 2026-0101 (3010 W. Unionville Indian Trail
Rd).
Seconded by, Member Richard Sayre to approve ZM 2026-0101 (3010 W. Unionville Indian Trail Rd).
The motion carried unanimously.

NEW BUSINESS- ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Text Amendments)
Senior Planners, Tim Jones and Tyler Hayaski presented an overview of the project to the Board. The link
for the Planning and Zoning Board meeting can be found here:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZTffa7N1q-M

REQUEST SUMMARY
This is a request to amend various sections of the Unified Development Ordinance to address recent
changes in NC law and other amendments recommended by Staff.

OUTLINE OF TEXT AMENDMENTS
A. LIMITATION OF VIOLATION HOLD DURING SITE PLAN REVIEW
B. DATA CENTERS
C. PROVIDE SAMPLE FINAL PLAT CERTIFICATION LANGUAGE
D. CORRECT CONTRADICTING COMBINATION/COMMERCIAL LOT STANDARDS
E. REMOVE ZERO SETBACK FROM BUSINESS/COMMERCIAL LOT STANDARDS
F. REVISE DOWNTOWN RESIDENTIAL SIDE SETBACKS
G. INDOOR AND OUTDOOR RECREATION REVISIONS
H. ACCESSORY DWELLING SETBACK CLARIFICATION
I. SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS SECTION LOCATION AND VARIOUS WALL SIGN REVISIONS
J. INCORPORATE PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS LANGUAGE RESULTING FROM NEW
LEGISLATION
K. TOWN DESIGN STANDARDS
L. DEFINE GARAGE
4
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

September 15, 2026
Page 9999

M. REMOVAL OF DOWNTOWN OVERLAY REFERENCES
N. UPDATE TO DOWN-ZONING LANGUAGE FROM NEW LEGISLATION
O. REMOVE CONDITIONAL ZOMING REQUIREMENT FOR OPEN SPACE AND CLUSTER
SUBDIVISIONS
P. REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICALLY FOR DOWNTOWN LANDSCAPING
Q. UPDATE TO CAMPAIGN/ELECTION SIGNS
R. CLARIFICATION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT ALLOWING STORMWATER RETENTION STRUCTURE
ENCROACHMENT INTO LANDSCAPE BUFFERS
S. REMOVE ALL SCHOOL DATA REQUEST REQUIREMENTS

Key Takeaways
Text Amendments highlighted in the presentation was (B) Data Centers, (I) Signage Requirements
Section and Various Wall Sign Revisions, (K) Town Design Standards, (P) Requirements Specifically for
Downtown Landscaping and (R) Clarification of Existing Requirement Allowing Stormwater Retention
Structure Encroachment into Landscape.










(B) Data Centers. Staff proposed a new data center ordinance that would only allow data centers
I light and heavy industrial districts through conditional zoning, while requiring impact studies,
noise analysis, utility reviews, and enhanced setbacks and buffers. The goal was to proactively
establish regulations before a proposal is submitted and prevent developers from attempting to
classify data centers under broader existing use categories.
(I) Signage Requirements Section Location and Various Wall Sign Revisions. The Amendments
reorganize the signage chapter by moving key sign tables to the front, simplifying commercial
signage standards, and clarifying how wall-sign area is calculated on buildings with multiple
facades. The changes are intended to improve usability and reduce interpretation disputes during
development review.
(K) Town Design Standards. Staff proposed expanded architectural and site design standards to
address building composition, façade design, and overall aesthetics, particularly for commercial
development. The amendments also reorganize townhouse standards to better distinguish them
from multi-family housing regulations.
(P) Requirements Specifically for Downtown Landscaping. A new downtown landscaping
chapter was created to address conflicts between traditional buffer requirements and the Town’s
downtown redevelopment goals. The standards provide reduced and more flexible landscaping
requirements that support walkability, placemaking, and redevelopment of smaller downtown
lots.
(R) Clarification of Existing Requirement Allowing Storming Retention Structure
Encroachment into Landscape. The amendment clarifies how stormwater ponds and
maintenance easements may encroach into required landscape buffers while still preserving
landscaping objectives. It establishes clearer standards and diagrams so staff can consistently
evaluate buffer, easement, and stormwater facility placement during development review.

5
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

September 15, 2026
Page 100100

BOARD Q&A
Vice Chair, Cynthia Wiley commented on the Data Center. Is there a need to have this language in our
UDO considering the size of Indian Trail?
Senior Planner, Tim Jones responded yes, from a legal standpoint, if you do not have a land use in the
Table, someone can press for something in their favor using an existing category in the Table of Permitted
Uses.
Senior Planner, Tyler Hayaski stated major utilities could be a category someone could try to use in
every district besides the Downtown districts. It would still require conditional approval.
Chair, Meg Fielding said that including this verbiage in the UDO, the Town is trying to set up a structure,
so that if a Data Center should submit an application, we would have in place restrictions.
Senior Planner, Tyler Hayaski replied yes. This is a proactive step. Data Centers have a larger impact. If
you have a major utility in L-I (Light Industrial), there are no mechanisms in place for building setbacks
other than what is defined in Chapter 500 of the UDO related to industrial districts of a 50ft buffer. What
Staff are creating specific guidelines for Data Centers as they come in so that the Town can regulate
them at a different level than just base zoning districts. Indian Trail will increase the building setbacks
and buffers. Indian Trail is requiring additional information to the utilities relating to noise. Staff are
creating a structure essentially for the minimum requirements. Going through a legislative process
through conditional rezoning, we have community meetings, Planning and Zoning Board
recommendations, Town Council, concept plans, traffic analysis studies and noise studies if approved.
Member, Richard Sayre referenced the material that was provided, on Page 6, Chapter 700,
Supplementary Use Regulations, then on Page 7, Landscape Buffers related to data centers. He would
like Staff to include visual diagrams or illustrations to show examples of what those would look like to
further define it. He then referenced Page 8 about Parking.
Senior Planner, Tim Jones replied that approximately around January 1, 2027, there would be another
set of UDO edits for removing parking requirements for off street parking. From today until January, Staff
can restrict them but after January, the parking section is going to change.
Member, Richard Sayre asked about the water and sewer, how Data Centers are currently using ground
water or other surface water for cooling, it’s a cheaper and easier way to go. The material says any watercooling system must be either closed loop, recycled or water efficient system but he does not see a
definition for what a water efficient system is.
Senior Planner, Tim Jones replied that when it is in review with Union County, Staff would not have any
say.

6
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

September 15, 2026
Page 101101

Member, Richard Sayre questioned power capacity and renewable energy. Would a Data Center not be
able to have their own power generation on site, specifically a noise producing unit such as diesel or gas
power plant?
Senior Planner, Tim Jones replied that the noise study would be a part of that process. If any
improvements were to be made, they would have to specify what that will be. There are several utilities
that have to build their own substations nearby.
Chair, Meg Fielding asked if this request should be tabled to the next meeting?
Senior Planner, Tim Jones suggested the Board approving this request with Staff revisions due to the
recommended edits and that he would provide the updates to the Board before the Town Council
meeting of this matter.

PUBLIC COMMENTS
Chair, Meg Fielding opened the floor for public comments.
No public comments.

Motion
Vice Chair, Cynthia Wiley made the motion to approve ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Text Amendments
with edits as discussed).
Seconded by Member, Ken Curtis, to approve ZT 2026-0095 (Various UDO Text Amendments with edits
as discussed).
The motion carried unanimously.

OPEN/OTHER BUSINESS
None.

ADJOURNMENT
Chair, Meg Fielding made a motion to adjourn the meeting. All Board Members were in favor.

7
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

September 15, 2026
Page 102102

Chairman:
_____________________________________________
Date: ________________________________

Secretary:
____________________________________________

8
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

September 15, 2026
Page 103103

(ROD Sticker Here)

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
TOWN OF INDIAN TRAIL

)
)
)

ORDINANCE: # 435

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING PORTIONS OF THE INDIAN TRAIL UNIFIED
DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE (UDO) TO MEET CHANGES IN
LEGISLATION AND OTHER NEEDED REVISIONS THROUGOUT THE UDO
IN THE TOWN OF INDIAN TRAIL, UNION COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA
WHEREAS, this Zoning Text Amendment (ZT 2026-0095) was duly noticed in compliance with North
Carolina General Statutes; and
WHEREAS, a public meeting was held by the Planning & Zoning Board on September 15, 2026, to
consider this zoning text amendment; and
WHEREAS, staff finds the proposed text amendment is consistent with the following goals of the
Comprehensive Plan:
Community Engagement and Communication Goal #1: The proposed map amendment will be
communicated effectively with residents, business owners, and other stakeholders to ensure a wellinformed and inclusive community
Economic Development Goal #2: The proposed map amendment will support existing businesses
within the town through effective communication and community outreach;
WHEREAS, the Planning & Zoning Board found this ordinance text amendment to be a reasonable request
in the public interest because it promotes the goals of the Indian Trail Comprehensive Plan in the areas of
Community Engagement/Communication, and Economic Development; and improves town development
processes and requirements;
WHEREAS, the Planning & Zoning Board transmits a recommendation to approve to the Town Council;

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 104104

WHEREAS, the Town Council held a public hearing on October 13, 2026, to consider said request and
recommendation of approval from the Planning & Zoning Board;
WHEREAS, the Town Council made the required findings.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT SHALL BE ORDAINED by the Town Council of the Town of Indian Trail,
North Carolina hereby takes the following action:
Section 1 – Makes the required findings as stated herein; and
Section 2 – Approves ZT 2026-0095 Zoning Text Amendment petition thereby granting the amendment
to the Unified Development Ordinance to incorporate revisions to meet changes in NC legislation and
other needed revisions throughout the UDO identified in Exhibit 1.
Section 3 – This ordinance shall be effective immediately upon adoption.
AND IT IS SO ORDAINED this 13th Day of October 2026.
TOWN OF INDIAN TRAIL COUNCIL
____________________________
David Cohn, Mayor
Attest:
_________________________
Trena Wiggins, Town Clerk
Approved as to Form:
_________________________
Melanie Cox, Town Attorney

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 105105

Exhibit 1

EXHIBIT 1
For ease of reference, new text is referenced in green font. Deletions will appear in red also but with a
strikethrough line or lines such as “revised text”. Other notes to the reader will be highlighted.

OUTLINE OF TEXT AMENDMENTS
The following sections for each set of amendments are laid out in the form of 1) title of the proposed
amendment or addition; 2) an explanation of the intent behind the changes; and 3) the actual changes
shown in the color red, additions in green, and staff notes about the revisions in yellow highlight. The
following list is similar to a table of contents showing each title.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.
R.
S.

LIMITATION OF VIOLATION HOLD DURING SITE PLAN REVIEW
DATA CENTERS
PROVIDE SAMPLE FINAL PLAT CERTIFICATION LANGUAGE
CORRECT CONTRADICTING COMBINATION / RECOMBINATION PLAT LANGUAGE
REMOVE ZERO SETBACK FROM BUSINESS/COMMERCIAL LOT STANDARDS
REVISE DOWNTOWN RESIDENTIAL SIDE SETBACKS
INDOOR AND OUTDOOR RECREATION REVISIONS
ACCESSORY DWELLING SETBACK CLARIFICATION
SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS SECTION LOCATION AND VARIOUS WALL SIGN REVISIONS
INCORPORATE PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS LANGUAGE RESULTING FROM NEW
LEGISLATION
TOWN DESIGN STANDARDS
DEFINE GARAGE
REMOVAL OF DOWNTOWN OVERLAY REFERENCES
UPDATE TO DOWN-ZONING LANGUAGE FROM NEW LEGISLATION
REMOVE CONDITIONAL ZONING REQUIREMENT FOR OPEN SPACE AND CLUSTER
SUBDIVISIONS
REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICALLY FOR DOWNTOWN LANDSCAPING
UPDATE TO CAMPAIGN/ELECTION SIGNS
CLARIFICATION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT ALLOWING STORMWATER RETENTION
STRUCTURE ENCROACHMENT INTO LANDSCAPE BUFFERS
REMOVE ALL SCHOOL DATA REQUEST REQUIREMENTS

1
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 106106

Exhibit 1

A. LIMITATION OF VIOLATION HOLD DURING SITE PLAN REVIEW
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Several violations in Town have involved the need for plans to be submitted to reach a state of
compliance. As plan review and project construction can be a lengthy process, additional requirement
language is needed to state the possibility for the restarting of fee penalties that were temporarily
placed on hold.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 300 DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES
Chapter 380 Site Plan Review
380.040 Review Comments, Responses and Approvals
A. [NO CHANGES TO A, C AND D.]
B. Review Comments
After Staff determines that the application package is complete, the Planning Director and/or
the Engineering Director will review site plans submitted under this Section. After the review of
the plans and if the plans are not approved, the Town will issue a letter containing review
comments. The applicant shall submit a response to each of the comments and, if applicable,
any revised plans or documents to the Town. If the site plan review is related to correcting an
active violation, refer to Section 1520.060.D for additional information related to penalties.
DIVISION 1500 VIOLATIONS, PENALTIES AND ENFORCEMENT
Chapter 1520 Remedies and Enforcement Powers
1520.060 Penalties
[NO CHANGES TO INTRODUCTION TEXT, TABLE, AND A THRU C.]
D. If a site plan review and following construction is aiding to bring a violation into compliance with
town policies or this ordinance and the violation process was put on a temporary hold, applicant
response periods cannot be on hold indefinitely. The Planning Director will determine if the
applicant is responding to Town comments in a timely manner and making reasonable progress
to achieve project completion. If insufficient progress is determined, the violation process and
fines must restart.

2
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 107107

Exhibit 1

B. DATA CENTERS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Development of data centers is exponentially growing locally as well as nationally and, in some cases,
the demands for land and impacts on resources and the environment, can be significant. The following
proposed additions to the UDO help to apply some standards to possible future data center proposals.

NEW CHAPTER OUTLINE
DIVISION 700 SUPPLEMENTARY USE REGULATIONS
Chapter 7280 Data Centers [ALL NEW CHAPTER.]
7280.010 Plan Submittal Requirements
7280.020 Site
A. Lot Setbacks
B. Landscape Buffers
1. Perimeter Landscape Buffers
2. Mechanical Equipment Screening
C. Parking
D. Exterior Lighting
7280.030 Utilities
A. Water and Sewer
B. Power Supply
1. Power Capacity
2. Renewable Energy
7280.040 Environmental
A. Air Quality
B. Groundwater Protection
C. Noise
1. Sound Study
2. Generators

3
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 108108

Exhibit 1
PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 500 BASE ZONING DISTRICTS
Chapter 560 Permitted Uses
560.010 Table of Permitted Uses
Table 500-4: Table of Permitted Uses
Residential Districts

Downtown Districts

Industrial Districts

Overlays

RSF

SF-1

SF-2

SF-3

SF-4

SF-5

MFR

NBD

GBD

RBD

I

DCD

DTD

DTD-R

L-I

H-I

O-MUAC
O-SRAC

Data Center

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

C

C

X

See Chapter 7280, Data Centers.

3

Freestanding Wireless
Tower

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

P

P

P

C

C

C

P

P

C

See Chapter 7180, Wireless Communication
Antennas and Towers.

2

Radio or TV Station

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

P

P

X

X

X

P

X

X

Small Cell Wireless Tower

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

P*

Utilities, Major

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

X

X

X

C

C

C

Utilities, Minor

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Wireless Tower or
Antenna co-located on
existing building,
structure or tower

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Use Category

Communication
Services, Data
Support and
Utilities

Business, Office and Institutional
Districts

Use Type

Use Specific Standards

Land Use
Group

2
* Must comply with G.S. 160D, Article 9, Part 3.
Wireless Telecommunications Facilities.
See Section 110.080, Authorization of
Exemption, for exemptions. See Chapter 770.
Electric Substations.

3

2

See Chapter 7170, Wireless Communication
Antennas and Towers.

Note: Only showing necessary portions of the use table columns and rows to depict the changes.

4
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 109109

Exhibit 1

DIVISION 700 SUPPLEMENTARY USE REGULATIONS
Chapter 7280 Data Centers
Data center use is classified as data support in the overall use category. Refer to the permitted use table
in Chapter 570 – Table of Permitted Uses for the data center permitted use. Data centers must follow
the requirements of this Chapter 7280 as well as other applicable requirements in this UDO.
7280.010 Plan Submittal Requirements
A Conditional Zoning process is required for a data center development. The Conditional Zoning
application submittal for a data center use requires the following in addition to any other requirements
that apply in this ordinance.
A. A letter of intent describing the facility, location, number of buildings, and proposed power and
water consumption plans.
B. A copy of the lease or sale agreement document.
C. Copies of approvals, licenses or permits from outside governments or agencies applicable to the
development.
D. System Impact Study for power, water and sewer effects on the location area.
7280.020 Site
A. Lot Setbacks and Distances
The following setbacks and distances apply to the Data Center use for the primary data center
facility, associated equipment, and any accessory structures.
Table 700-99: Building Setbacks and Distances for Data Centers, Associated Equipment and
Accessory Structures
Building Setbacks and Distance Requirements
Setbacks – Front, Rear and Sides (min. feet)
Minimum Distance to Off-Site Structures for Residence, Day Care,
Office, Recreation Uses, Religious Facilities, School Facilities and
Any Related Outdoor Activity Areas
Minimum Distance to RSF District or Agricultural Use

Feet
200
1,000
500

B. Landscape Buffers
All data center operations must provide landscape buffer yards and screening along all property
boundary lines. The landscape buffers offer some sound buffering as well as softening the
industrial, utility design of a building with, typically, no windows and just tall walls and rooftop
or site equipment.

5
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 110110

Exhibit 1
1. Perimeter Landscape Buffers
Landscape buffers are required inside the perimeter of each development. No matter the
depth of the setback from the exterior property lines, the standards in Table 700-99 are to
be applied starting from the property lines. If another section of the UDO pertaining to
landscape buffers applies, the more stringent of the two must apply.
Table 700-99: Data Center Landscape Buffer Standards1

Depth (min.)
Order from Property Line

Canopy Tree Spacing2
Evergreen Tree Rows
Shrub Hedge Spacing
Wall Height (min.)3
Wall Opacity (min.)

Frontage Landscape Buffer
Options
Shallow Buffer
Deep Buffer
w/ Wall
w/ No Wall
25 feet
50 feet
Shrub hedge,
Shrub hedge,
canopy trees,
canopy trees,
evergreen
evergreen
trees, wall
trees
25 ft on center
1
Continuous
9 feet
90%

25 ft on center
2
Continuous
NA
NA

Rear and Sides Landscape Buffer
Options
Shallow Buffer Deep Buffer w/
w/ Wall
No wall
25 feet
50 feet
Shrub hedge,
Shrub hedge,
wall, canopy
canopy trees,
trees,
evergreen trees
evergreen
trees
25 ft on center 25 ft on center
1
2
Continuous
Continuous
9 feet
NA
90%
NA

1 If Planning Director determines the existing vegetation will suffice for buffering purposes, the Director may

approve portions of the existing perimeter to remain.

2 Large and medium deciduous trees only for the Canopy Trees.
3 Wall can be used in combination with a berm to shorten the height of the wall but still achieve a total of 9 feet

in height with the wall and berm. See UDO Section 810.080, Size and Design of Required Buffers, for
guidance.

2. Mechanical Equipment Screening
All exterior mechanical equipment around or on top of the facility (or each facility if
multiples) must be completely screened from public view such as road frontages or public
sidewalks. Such screening may take the form of landscaping, walls, roof screen wall,
enclosure within a building, etc.
C. Parking
See Chapter 1020 – Off-Street Parking Requirements for data center parking regulations.
D. Exterior Lighting
A photometric plan will be required for the Site Plan Review application submittal plan set and
must follow the exterior lighting requirements in Chapter 1330 – Lighting Standards.
7280.030 Utilities
A. Water and Sewer
1. The Union County Water Department provides public water and sewer systems. Union
County Water Department manages the review of all new project plans and requests for
6
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 111111

Exhibit 1
capacity. Any use of potable water requires approval and/or an agreement with the Union
County Water Department.
2. Any water cooling system must be a closed-loop, recycled, or water-efficient water system.
The system must meet standards, requirements and obtain permits from the Union County
Water Department.
B. Power Supply
1. Power Capacity
Provide written verification of the following for the Conditional Zoning application
submittal:
a. Adequate capacity is available on the existing power utility system for the use
including the systems designed for cooling and operation of the facility.
b. If any part of the existing power utility system capacity is lacking, describe what
improvements must be made.
c. Power utility equipment and related electrical infrastructure are adequately sized.
d. No negative impacts are projected to occur on or off the operating premises from
facility use such as electrical interference or fluctuations in line voltage.
2. Renewable Energy
The Town encourages the use of renewable energy sources to reduce the impact of the
development on the existing power infrastructure. When submitting the Conditional Zoning
application, provide a statement if any renewable energy methods are to be proposed and,
if so, a description of how it/they will be applied.
7280.040 Environmental
The following must be considered when proposing new data center developments.
A. Air Quality
Airborne pollutant facility or site emissions such as dust, gases, smoke must not cross beyond
the property lines.
B. Groundwater Protection
Groundwater wells must not be used for a data center’s water supply.
C. Noise
1. Sound Study
Any application to the Town requesting site or building permits for a data center must
include a completed sound study by an acoustical consultant or acoustical engineer that will
become the baseline for noise at the site to be used in the impact calculation for the total
estimated noise. The study will also include analysis of infrasonic sounds from a proposed
data center development if applicable.

7
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 112112

Exhibit 1
2. Sound Standards
Sound levels are not to be exceeded based on the adjacent zoning district or overlay. The
requirements are in Table 700-99 below.
Table 700-99: Maximum Sound Levels by Districts/Overlays
Districts / Overlays
Residential Districts
Business, Office and Institutional Districts
Downtown Districts
Overlays
Industrial Districts

Maximum Sound Level
55 dBA
65 dBA
55 dBA
60 dBA
70 dBA

3. Generators
Generators must not be used as a primary source of power for the data center or any
accessory equipment on the site. Generators may be used temporarily for emergency use.
No testing of or maintenance requiring the operation of generators is prohibited between
the hours of 5:00 pm and 9:00 am. Fuel storage must follow all applicable standards such as
the fire code and NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) standards.
DIVISION 800 LANDSCAPING
Chapter 810 Buffer Yards, Parking Lots and Street Frontages
810.040 Landscape Buffer Yards
A. [NO CHANGES TO A THRU E.]
F. Data Centers
Refer to Chapter 7280 – Data Centers for associated landscape buffer requirements.
Table 800-1: Buffer Matrix

Proposed Use
Single-Family/Two-Family
Attached Single-Family
Multi-Family
Group 1 Use
Group 2 Use
Group 3 Use

Buffer Matrix (Required Buffer Width [feet])*
Abutting Use or Zoning and Required Buffer Width
Single-Family/Two
Attached
Multiple- Group 1 Group 2
Family
Single-Family
Family
0
0
0
0
0
50
25
0
0
0
50
50
0
0
0
25
25
15
0
0
25
25
15
15
0
50
50
50
15
15

Group 3
0
0
0
0
0
0

* Note: Refer to Chapter 7280 for data center-related buffer requirements.

8
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 113113

Exhibit 1
810.050 Land Use Groups
Land uses shall be assigned to land use intensity groups in accordance with the following table:
Table 800-2: Land Use Intensity Groupings
Land Use Intensity Group Designation
Group 3
Data Center
Junkyards
Manufacturing, Processing, Assembly
Open Storage
Open Uses of Land – Salvage and Recycling
Places of Assembly (Entertainment)

Railroad Switching and Classification Yard
Transportation Facilities
Truck Terminal
Warehousing
Warehouse
Warehouse, Mini

Note: Only showing necessary portions of the table columns and rows to depict the changes.

DIVISION 1000 PARKING
Chapter 1020 Off-Street Parking Requirements
1020.010 Minimum Parking Requirements
Use Category
Communication Services

Specific Use
Data Center – Primary

Parking Requirement
1 space per employee on
the maximum shift plus 3
visitor spaces

Bike Rack Requirement
NA

DIVISION 1600 TERMINOLOGY AND MEASUREMENTS
Chapter 1620 Definitions
1620.030 Definitions – “C”
J. Communication Services, Data Support and Utilities Use Category and Services [MOVED FROM
1630.070 PUBLIC AND CIVIC USE GROUP.]
A. Data Center
A facility used primarily for the storage, management, processing, and transmission of digital
data, which houses computer or network equipment, systems, servers, appliances and other
associated components related to digital data or telecommunication operations. Supporting
infrastructure may also include air handlers, power generators, water cooling and storage
facilities, utility substations, and other associated utility infrastructure to support sustained
operations at the Data Center. Data center associated terms are defined as follows:
1. Closed-Loop Water Cooling System
System circulating water within a closed circuit with equipment absorbing heat and then
9
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 114114

Exhibit 1
releasing that heat out through a heat exchanger or cooling tower. The intent of the system
is to minimize water loss and impact on water resources.
2. Data Center Accessory Uses or Structures
Uses or structures secondary to the primary Data Center Facility and located on the
development site, including but not limited to: administrative, logistical, fiber optic, storage,
security structures, temporary-use generators, electrical substations, renewable energy
systems, utility lines, cooling water and wastewater facilities, water holding structures,
pump stations, and cooling towers.
3. Primary Data Center Facility
A building that contains the main offices and/or data storage functions of a Data Center.

C. PROVIDE SAMPLE FINAL PLAT CERTIFICATION LANGUAGE
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The existing section of the UDO pertaining to plat certification language did not provide a sample
certification block as some other communities provide in their ordinances. These revisions provide those
examples and some clarification language, a new review officers section, and a new section with
required notes on Final Plats with a BMP pond.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 300 DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES
Chapter 370 Subdivisions
370.060 Certifications Required from Applicant
Before the Planning Director accepts a final plat for a major subdivision, the following certifications shall
appear on all copies of the final plat:. If a secure digital certificate system is used with electronic
signatures, confirm that all signatures that require a notary’s electronic seal are done with a
commissioned notary that is authorized to perform such notarizations.
A. Certificate of Ownership and Dedication
1. The applicant must certify that they are the owner of the property shown and described,
which is located in the Corporate Limits of the Town of Indian Trail and that the plan of
subdivision establishes minimum building setback lines, and street dedications, walks, parks,
and other sites and easements to public or private use as noted consistent with the
requirements of this ordinance. Furthermore, the applicant must dedicate all sanitary sewer
and water lines to the appropriate agency.
2. All such certifications must be dated, signed, and notarized by a notary public.
10
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 115115

Exhibit 1

3. Sample Certificate:
OWNERSHIP AND DEDICATION CERTIFICATE
I (we) hereby certify that I am (we are) the owner(s) of the property
shown and described hereon, which is located in the Corporate Limits
of the Town of Indian Trail and that I (we) hereby adopt this plan of
subdivision with my (our) free consent, establish building setback
lines, and dedicate all streets, alleys, walks, parks, and other sites and
easements to public or private use as noted. Furthermore, I (we)
dedicate all sewer lines and all water lines to the Union County Water
Department, if applicable.
________________
Date

_______________________________
Owner(s)

I, _____________, a notary public of ____________ County, North
Carolina, do hereby certify that ______________________ personally
appeared before me this day and acknowledged the due execution of
the foregoing certificate.
Witness my hand and official seal this ___ day of ________, 20___.
My commission expires: _________ _______________________
NOTARY PUBLIC
B. Certificate of Survey and Survey Accuracy
1. The professional surveyor must certify as to the accuracy and detail of surveys of properties
that are part of a subdivision and to the source of information for which the survey is based.
The surveyor must certify that the survey map was prepared in accordance with G.S. 47-30
as amended.
2. The surveyor must sign, seal, and date the survey and they must include their professional
registration or license number.
3. All signatures of professional surveyors must be witnessed by a notary public.

11
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 116116

Exhibit 1

4. Sample Certificate:
CERTIFICATE OF SURVEYORS RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACCURACY
I (we), __________________________________, certify that this plat
was drawn under my supervision from an actual survey made under
my supervision (deed description recorded in Book ___, page ___,
etc.) (other); that the boundaries not surveyed are clearly indicated as
drawn from information found in Book ____, page ____; that the ratio
of precision or positional accuracy as calculated is ____; that this plat
was prepared in accordance with G.S. 47-30 as amended. Witness my
original signature, license number and seal this ___ day of ___, A.D.,
____, _____.
Seal or Stamp
C. Division of Highways District Engineer Certificate
1. If the plat involves an NCDOT roadway, check with NCDOT to determine if they need to have
the certificate on the plat.
2. 1. The District Engineer of the NC Division of Highways must certify that the streets on this
plat designated as public are or will be in accordance with the minimum right-of-way and
construction standards established by the Board of Transportation for acceptance on the
state highway system.
3. 2. The District Engineer should further certify that the streets on the plat designated as
private streets do not satisfy the minimum right-of-way and construction standards
established by the Board of Transportation and that such streets will not be accepted on the
state highway system.
4. Sample Certificate:
DISTRICT ENGINEER
I, the District Engineer of the NC Division of Highways, hereby certify
that the streets on this plat designated as public are or will be in
accordance with the minimum right-of-way and construction
standards established by the Board of Transportation for acceptance
on the state highway system. I further certify that the streets on the
plat designated as private streets do not satisfy the minimum right-ofway and construction standards established by the Board of
Transportation and that such streets will not be accepted on the state
highway system.
_________________________
NCDOT District Engineer

________________
Date

12
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 117117

Exhibit 1
D. Certification NCDOT District Engineer and Town Engineering Director for Roads
1. NCDOT Certification of Public Roads
a. The District Engineer of the NC Division of Highways must certify that the streets on
this plat designated as public are or will be in accordance with the minimum rightof-way and construction standards established by the Board of Transportation for
acceptance on the state highway system.
b. Sample Certificate:
DISTRICT ENGINEER CERTIFICATION OF PUBLIC ROADS
I, the District Engineer of the NC Division of Highways,
hereby certify that the streets on the plat designated as
public are or will be in accordance with the minimum
right-of-way and construction standards established by
the Board of Transportation for acceptance on the state
highway system.
_________________________
NCDOT District Engineer

________________
Date

2. Town Engineering Director Certification of Private Streets
a. 2. The Town Engineering Director should further certify that the streets on the plat
designated as private streets have been designed to satisfy the minimum right-ofway and construction standards established by the Town of Indian Trail Land
Development Standards for private streets. These streets will not be accepted on
the Town roadway system, so the Town is not liable for the maintenance and repair
of the streets.
b. Sample Certificate:
CERTIFICATE OF ENGINEERING DIRECTOR APPROVAL
I, the Engineering Director for the Town of Indian Trail,
hereby certify that the streets on this plat that are
designated as private streets have been designed to
satisfy the minimum right-of-way and construction
standards established by the Town of Indian Trail Land
Development Standards for private streets. These streets
will not be accepted on the Town roadway system, so the
Town is not liable for the maintenance and repair of the
streets.
____________________ ________________
Engineering Director Date

13
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 118118

Exhibit 1
3. Town Engineering Director Certification of Public Streets
a. The Town Engineering Director for the Town of Indian Trail must certify that the
streets on this plat are designated as public are or will be in accordance with the
minimum right-of-way and construction standards established by the Town of
Indian Trail in the Town Land Development Standards for acceptance on the Town
roadway system.
b. Sample Certificate:
CERTIFICATE OF TOWN ENGINEERING DIRECTOR
APPROVAL
I, the Engineering Director for the Town of Indian Trail,
hereby certify that the streets on this plat that are
designated as public are or will be in accordance with the
minimum right-of-way and construction standards
established by the Town of Indian Trail in the Town Land
Development Standards for acceptance on the Town
roadway system.
____________________
Engineering Director

________________
Date

E. Certification by the Planning Director
1. The Planning Director must certify that the final plat satisfies all the requirements of this
Ordinance.
2. The Planning Director must certify that all streets, utilities, and other required
improvements shown on the plat have been installed or completed in a acceptable manner
or that their installation or completion (within 24 months after the date below) has been
assured by the posting of a performance bond or other sufficient surety, and that the
subdivision shown on this plat is in all respects in compliance with the Town of Indian Trail
specifications and standards, and the filing fee for this plat has been paid. The Planning
Director will certify the approval of the final plat and such certification will be valid provided
the plat is recorded with Union County Register of Deeds within 30 days.

14
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 119119

Exhibit 1

3. Sample Certificate:
CERTIFICATE OF PLANNING DIRECTOR APPROVAL
I, the Planning Director for the Town of Indian Trail, hereby certify
that the final plat satisfies all the requirements of the Town’s
Unified Development Ordinance. I further certify that all streets,
utilities, and other required improvements shown on the plat
have been installed or completed in an acceptable manner or that
their installation or completion (within 24 months after the date
below) has been assured by the posting of a performance bond or
other sufficient surety, and that the subdivision shown on this plat
is in all respects in compliance with the Town of Indian Trail
specifications and standards. The Planning Director will certify the
approval of the final plat and such certification will be valid
provided the plat is recorded with Union County Register of Deeds
within 30 days.
____________________
Planning Director

________________
Date

F. Review Officer Certificate
1. Even though a sample certificate is provided below, check with the Union County Review
Officer to see that the correct and current certificate language is used. The County’s
requirements will supersede the following sample certificate.
2. Sample Certificate:
REVIEW OFFICER
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
COUNTY OF UNION
I, _______________________, Review Officer of Union County,
certify that the map or plat to which this certification is affixed
meets all statutory requirements for recording.
____________________
Review Officer

________________
Date

G. Required Notes on Final Plats with a BMP Pond
1. Residential Final Plat Note:
 The purpose of the BMP is to treat/reduce the pollutants associated with stormwater
runoff in order to minimize negative effects to downstream receiving waters. The
easement around the BMP is to allow stormwater conveyance and system maintenance.
The removal of plants or disturbance of the BMP structure or otherwise affecting the
15
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 120120

Exhibit 1
overall functionality of the BMP for reasons other than maintenance is strictly
prohibited.
2. Nonresidential Final Plat Notes:
 This property contains water quality features that must be maintained according to the
operations and maintenance agreement and plan recorded in Deed Book ____ and
Pages _____.
 Homeowners association will be responsible for the ownership and maintenance of
open space, common areas, BMP areas, median areas, landscape areas, private
stormwater easements, wall easements, all stormwater control measures, and
conservation lands.
 Undisturbed open space area: Future disturbance is prohibited in these areas except for
greenway trails with unlimited public access, new utility lines and channel
work/maintenance by Union County Water Department (UCW).
 The purpose of the BMP is to treat/reduce the pollutants associated with stormwater
runoff in order to minimize negative effects to downstream receiving waters. The
easement around the BMP is to allow stormwater conveyance and system maintenance.
The removal of plants or disturbance of the BMP structure or otherwise affecting the
overall functionality of the BMP for reasons other than maintenance is strictly
prohibited.
370.130 Minor Subdivisions, Lot Line Adjustments Or Lot Combinations/Recombinations
A. [NO CHANGES TO A, B, C, D, F AND G.]
E. Certification
1. In the abbreviated procedure for plats that are not part of a major subdivision, the
certifications for the final plats shall be the same as required in the normal review
procedure as specified in Section 370.060. The certification of approval shall appear on the
plan or plat sheet and include certification from the Planning Director that the minor
subdivision, lot line adjustment, or lot recombination, or lot recombination shown on the
plat is in compliance with the Indian Trail Unified Development Ordinance and such
certification will be valid provided the applicant records the subdivision in the Office of the
Union County Register of Deeds within 30 days. The applicant shall email a PDF file of the
recorded plat to the Planning Department.
2. A lot recombination plat that, after staff review, is found to qualify as exempt, does not
require the certification language for, nor signature of the Planning Director.

16
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 121121

Exhibit 1

3. Sample Certificate:
CERTIFICATE OF PLANNING DIRECTOR APPROVAL
I, the Planning Director for the Town of Indian Trail, hereby certify
that the minor subdivision shown on this plat is in all respects in
compliance with the Town’s Unified Development Ordinance, and
therefore this plat has been approved by the Town of Indian Trail
Planning Director, subject to its being recorded in the office of the
Union County Register of Deeds within 30 days of the date below.
____________________
Planning Director

________________
Date

D. CORRECT CONTRADICTING COMBINATION / RECOMBINATION PLAT
LANGUAGE
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The revisions in this section correct a contradiction between two areas of the UDO. Combination and
recombination plats (see proposed definition herein for description) can qualify to be exempt from
subdivision requirements if certain conditions are met per NC state law. If

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 300 DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES
Chapter 370 Subdivisions
370.130 Minor Subdivisions, Lot Line Adjustments or Lot Combinations/Recombinations
A. Purpose
An abbreviated process shall be permitted to simplify and speed up expedite the review
procedure for handling minor subdivisions, lot line adjustments, or lot combinations, or lot
recombinations without undermining the objectives of the subdivision regulations. Minor
subdivisions and lot line adjustments must have the standard certifications to be signed by the
Planning Director and the Engineering Director if applicable. Lot combinations and
recombinations are typically exempt from subdivision regulations and not subject to approval or
disapproval by certification by the Town but must be reviewed to confirm the plat meets the
exemption standard as explained below in C., Lot Line Adjustment or
Combination/Recombination. [MOVED ->] however, in order for the combination or
recombination to be equal to or exceed the standards of the Town and requirements of this
UDO, combination and recombination plats will be reviewed but not certified on the plat when
approved. [<- MOVED TO “2.c” BELOW.] This process will ensure that all plats are consistent

17
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 122122

Exhibit 1
with this section so accurate records are maintained by Union County and the Town of Indian
Trail.
B. [NO CHANGES TO B, D, F AND G.]
C. Lot Line Adjustment or Combination/Recombination
1. Lot Line Adjustment
A lot line adjustment is the relocation of an existing lot line or lines to a new location that
does not result in:
a. The creation of a new lot in addition to the existing lots;
b. The modification of an existing lot to a new configuration that does not fails to meet
the minimum standards of this ordinance.
c. Review Process
Lot line adjustments are reviewed by the Town as a plat revision and, if approved,
must be certified by the Town.
2. Combination or Recombination Plat
a. [MOVED TO HERE ->] however, in order for For combination and recombination
plats to be equal to or exceed the standards of the Town and requirements of this
UDO, combination and recombination plats staff will be reviewed the plat but not
certifyied on the plat when if staff confirm the exemption standard is met approved.
[<- MOVED FROM “A” ABOVE.] In addition to confirming the exemption, some
proposed changes may be inaccurate due to the following errors: not being in
compliance with this ordinance’s requirements; revisions contrary to existing
conditional zoning conditions; revisions affecting unsuspecting adjacent property
owners; or inaccurate data on the plat. See Section 1620.160 for each definition of
combination and recombination plats.
b. A combination or recombination of portions of previously subdivided and recorded
lots where total number of lots is not increased and the resultant lots are equal to
or exceed the standards of the municipality. plat shall be exempt from subdivision
regulations if the conditions are met in Section 1110.040 Exemptions. If there are no
other revisions on the plat qualifying as plat revisions, Town certification language
nor signature blank shall not appear on the plat.
c. If the plat does not meet the exemption standard and/or contains revisions or
conflicts, the plat must be reviewed as a plat revision review and, if approved,
certified by the Planning Director with the applicable certification language.
E. Certification
In the abbreviated procedure, the certifications for the final plats shall be the same as required
in the normal review procedure as specified in Section 370.060. The certification of approval
shall appear on the plan or plat sheet and include certification from the Planning Director that
the minor subdivision, or lot line adjustment, or lot recombination shown on the plat is in
compliance with the Indian Trail Unified Development Ordinance and such certification will be
18
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 123123

Exhibit 1
valid provided the applicant records the subdivision in the Office of the Union County Register of
Deeds within 30 days. The applicant shall email a PDF file of the recorded plat to the Planning
Department. Combination and recombination plats are exempt from needing a signature, but,
as mentioned in “C.2.c” above, still requires review to confirm that the plat is only a plat
recombination and not, for example, containing changes requiring a plat revision review process
requiring a Town certification.
DIVISION 1600 TERMINOLOGY AND MEASUREMENTS
Chapter 1620 Definitions
1620.160 Definitions - "P"
Plat, Combination
A plat joining lots from the same owner with matching zoning districts, and the total number of lots is
not increased. It is possible to have a plat that involves both a combination and recombination action.
See Subdivision Regulations Section 1110.040 for what qualifies as an exemption from the subdivision
regulations.
Plat, Recombination
A plat rearranging boundaries among two or more existing lots with matching zoning districts, and the
total number of lots is not increased. It is possible to have a plat that involves both a combination and
recombination action. See Subdivision Regulations Section 1110.040 for what qualifies as an exemption
from the subdivision regulations.

E. REMOVE ZERO SETBACK FROM BUSINESS/COMMERCIAL LOT STANDARDS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The range from 0 to 10 or 15 feet for the overlays was conflicting with landscaping requirements so
revisions were made to reflect more logical setback minimums.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 500 BASE ZONING DISTRICTS
Chapter 530 Business and Commercial Zoning
530.040 Lot and Building Standards
All residential and nonresidential development in business districts must comply with the lot and
building standards of Table 500-2, except as otherwise expressly provided. Rules for measuring
compliance with the lot and building standards established in Table 500-2 and applicable exceptions to
the standards can be found in the Development Review Procedures, DIVISION 300.

19
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 124124

Exhibit 1

A. Lot Size, Density, Setback and Height Table
Table 500-2: Business and Commercial Lot, Density, Setback and Building Height
Lot and Building
NBD
Standards 1
Lot Size
Lot Area (min.)
6,000 sq ft
Lot Area Per
6,000 sq ft
Dwelling Unit (min.)
Lot Width (min.)
60 ft
Building Setbacks and Height
Front Setback (min.
25 ft; 15 if parking
unless range
is located behind
2
provided)
building
Rear Setback –
Not Abutting
Residential (min.)
Rear Setback Abutting
Residential (min.)
Side Setback – Not
Abutting Residential
(min. unless range
provided)
Side Setback Abutting Residential
(min.)
Side Setback Abutting a Street
(min.)
Maximum Height

Max. Building Area
(Gross Floor Area
(GFA) for individual
establishments/
uses on a single
building floor level)

GBD

RBD

O-NSAC, O-MUAC
and O-SRAC

6,000 sq ft

8,000 sq ft

NA

6,000 sq ft

6,000 sq ft

NA

60 ft

60 ft

NA

25 ft; 15 if parking
is located behind
building

40 ft; 20 if parking
is located behind
building

0-15 (max.)
15 ft and parking
located behind
building

12.5 ft

12.5 ft

20 ft

NA 10 ft

15 ft

20 ft

20 ft

15 ft

10 ft

10 ft

10 ft

0-10 ft 10 ft

15 ft

20 ft

20 ft

15 ft

25 ft; 15 if parking
is located behind
building

25 ft; 15 if parking
is located behind
building

40 ft; 20 if parking
is located behind

0-15 ft (max.) 15 ft

50 ft

50 ft

70 ft

70 ft (45 for single
family detached &
attached
residential)

15,000 sq ft

35,000 sq ft

None

15,000 sq ft

3

1 See Residential Lot Standards Table for Residential Uses Permitted in Non-Residential Districts.
2 Maximum front setback may be modified by the Planning Director based on impacts from planned road widenings,

locations of utilities, and the character of the existing and proposed development.
3 For NBD, GBD, and O-VCD listed GFA maximums do not include Grocery Stores, Convention Facilities, Banquet
Halls, Indoor Recreation Facilities, Hotels, Apartments, and Theaters.

20
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 125125

Exhibit 1

F. REVISE DOWNTOWN RESIDENTIAL SIDE SETBACKS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Side setback took too much of the limited space on a Downtown lot. The minimum side setback total of
30 feet wide would only leave 20 feet of width for a new home. This revision will reduce the side
setbacks for DTD-R to allow at least a minimum width of 30 feet for a new home.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 500 BASE ZONING DISTRICTS
Chapter 560 Downtown Zoning Districts
560.030 Lot and Building Standards
[NO CHANGES TO INTRODUCTION TEXT.]
A. Lot Size, Density, Setback and Height
Table 500-4: Downtown Lot, Density, Setback and Height Standards
Lot and Building Standards
LOT SIZE
Lot Area
Lot Area Per Dwelling Unit (min. sq. ft.)
Lot Width (min. ft.)
BUILDING SETBACKS AND HEIGHT
Front Setback (min. ft.)
Rear Setback – Not Abutting Residential (min. feet)
Rear Setback – Abutting Residential (feet)
Side Setback – Not Abutting Residential (feet)
Side Setback – Abutting Residential (feet)
Side Corner (min. ft.)
Accessory Structure Setback
(min. feet from side and rear property lines) (1)
Accessory Structure Setback - Corner Lot Street Side
(min. feet from side and rear property lines) (1)
Maximum Height (feet)
Maximum Building Area (Gross Floor Area (GFA) for
individual establishments/ uses on a single building
floor level) (3)

DCD

DTD

DTD-R

NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA

NA
8,000
50

None
None
15 max.
10 max.
15 max.
None
5

10
30 min.
10 min.
15 min.
10
5

25
30
30 min.
10 min.
15 10 min.
10
5

5

10

10

50
15,000 sq.
ft.

50
20,000 sq.
ft.

50
NA

Note: Only showing necessary portions of the table columns and rows to depict the changes.

21
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 126126

Exhibit 1

G. INDOOR AND OUTDOOR RECREATION REVISIONS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The existing ordinance provides a small and large Indoor Recreational Facility use but provides no guidance in facility square footage sizes for each. After researching other
communities, we did not find a clear standard that exists to differentiate the two. The revisions below merge both uses into one use, Indoor Recreational Facility. We
determined that the maximum gross floor area requirements in DIVISION 500 will provide the size parameters necessary.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Chapter 560 Permitted Uses
560.010 Table of Permitted Uses
Table 500-4: Table of Permitted Uses

Recreation

Use
Cat.

Use Type

RSF

SF-1

SF-2

SF-3

SF-4

SF-5

MFR

NBD

GBD

RBD

I

DCD

DTD

DTD
-R

L-I

H-I

Overlays1
O-MUAC/
O-SRAC

Recreational
Facility, Indoor
Small

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

X

CP

X

P

2

Recreational
Facility, Indoor
Large

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

C

P

P

P

C

C

X

P

X

C

2

C

C

C

C

C

C

X

C

P

P

P

C

C

X

P

X

C

2

Use Specific
Standards

Land
Use
Group

Recreational
Facility, Outdoor

Note: Only showing necessary portions of the use table columns and rows to depict the changes.

22
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 127127

Exhibit 1

H. ACCESSORY DWELLING SETBACK CLARIFICATION
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Some applicants have been assuming that accessory dwellings have the same setbacks as other
accessory structures such as a shed, for example. This revision is to clearly state that the accessory
dwelling units follow the same setbacks as the primary structure.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 700 SUPPLEMENTARY USE REGULATIONS
Chapter 710 Accessory Uses and Structures
710.070 Accessory Apartment, Temporary Health Care Structure and Prohibited Dwelling Units
Standards
A. Accessory Apartment
Accessory apartment is defined in UDO Section 1620.010. The following regulations shall apply
to all accessory apartment uses:
1. [NO CHANGES TO 1 AND 3 THRU 7.]
2. An accessory apartment may be attached to the primary residential dwelling unit, or in a
detached structure, on the same residential lot, provided that all lot coverage and setbacks
for such an apartment are met as stated in the ordinance. The setbacks for accessory
apartments are based on the primary structure’s setbacks and not the setbacks for
accessory structures in Section 710.040 Lot and Building Standards.
B. [NO CHANGES TO B AND C.]

I. SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS SECTION LOCATION AND VARIOUS WALL SIGN
REVISIONS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
These revisions are to relocate the overall requirements tables to the front instead of the back of the
sign division and to reformat the business/commercial/industrial sign requirements table into a userfriendly format. Revisions were also made to Table 900-8 for the business/commercial/downtown
signage to clarify requirements, to limit visual clutter, allow proper illumination of signs in all districts,
and identify number of wall signs to allow.

23
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 128128

Exhibit 1
PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 900 SIGNS
Chapter 920 Sign Area and Height Sign Requirements
920.010 9160.040 Table of Sign Requirements Overview
[ALL EXISTING MATERIAL IN BLACK MOVED FROM CHAPTER 9160, “ADMINISTRATION, ENFORCEMENT,
APPEALS AND PENALTIES”.]
A. The signs in the tables are permitted with a permit as an accessory use to a principal permitted
use in the respective districts.
B. Uses not indicated shall be placed in the category having similar uses by action of the Planning
and Zoning Board in a quasi-judicial proceeding. At such time, sign requirements for such uses
shall be established.
C. Permitted Sign Table – Residential Districts
Business or identification signs in Residential Districts are subject to the following limitations:
Table 900-6: Residential and Businesses/ in Residential Districts Identification Sign Requirements
Use Classification

Maximum
Number

Maximum Sign
Face Area (sf)

Allowed
Sign Type

Maximum Height of
Freestanding Sign
(Feet)

Single-Family Home,
1
1.5 sf
Wall
NA
Two-Unit Dwelling
Multi-Family
2 per frontage
18
Wall
NA
Residential Subdivision
2 per frontage
20
Ground
7
Manufactured Home Park
1 per frontage
18
Ground
6
Daycare Center*
Wall or
1 per frontage
24 square feet
6
(Adult or Child Care)
Ground
Public Schools*
64 sf including
Union County Public
Ground
6
bulletin board
Schools see Chapter 7250
Churches, Synagogues or
32 sf including
1 per frontage
Ground
6
other places of Worship
bulletin board
* Institutional uses may utilize manual changeable copy sign or LED Static Message Board.

D. Permitted Sign Table – Institutional Uses/Districts
The following identification signs are permitted for Institutional Uses/Districts:
Table 900-7: Institutional Sign Requirements (for Institutional Use or in Institutional District)
[NO CHANGES TO THIS TABLE.]

24
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 129129

Exhibit 1

E. Permitted Signs for Business, Commercial, Industrial, Downtown Districts, and Certain
Overlays
The following identification signs are permitted in Business, Commercial, Industrial, Downtown
zoning districts, and certain overlays:
1. Sign Area, Number and Height

25
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 130130

Exhibit 1

Table 900-8: Freestanding, Wall and Projecting Sign Requirements for Business, Commercial,
Industrial, Downtown Districts, and Certain Overlays [DELETE EXISTING TABLE.]
Maximum Sign Area
Districts or
Uses
NBD and GBD
Districts
RBD District

Maximum Number Signs

Max Freestanding
Sign Height (feet)
SingleMultitenant
tenant

Per
Wall1

Freestanding

Wall1

Freestanding

10%

32 sf3

2

1 per Lot3

6

10

10%

32 sf3
Refer to Chapter
9110:
Single Tenant =
Table 900-3;
Multi-Tenant =
Table 900-4
Single = 32 sf or
Multi-Tenant =
Chapter 9110,
Table 900-5

2

1 per Lot3

6

10

2

1 per Lot3

20 to 25
Per
Chapter
9110

20 to 25
Per
Chapter
9110

2

1 per Lot

3

6

10, 12 or
15 Per
Chapter
9110

10%

18 sf

2

1 per Street
Frontage up to
2 signs

6

Not
Allowed

10%

12 to 18 sf

2

2 Signs per
Entrance

6

NA

10%

32 sf3

2

1 per Lot3

6

10

10%

32 sf3

2

6

10

Commercial or
Industrial
Centers5

10%

100 sf if Not
Along Hwy 74
(See Chapter
9110 for Hwy 74
Centers)

Each Business
Unlimited up
to 10% of
Wall or Unit
Section

6

10 or
3 Key
Hwys =
20 to 25
per 9110

Planned
Industrial
Parks or Office
Parks

NA

18 sf per
Monument Sign

NA

7

NA

Districts Along
Hwy 74/
Independence
Blvd or Old
Monroe Rd
Districts Along
Indian Trail
Fairview Rd
Downtown
DCD and DTD
Districts4
Downtown
DTD-R District4
(Residential
Subdivisions)
L-I and H-I
Districts
Overlays

10%

10%

1 per Lot3
9110
1 if Not Along
Hwy 745
(1 Additional if
9110.08B
Allows)
2 per Entrance
Behind Rightof-Way

1 See details related to number of wall signs in Section 9100.040.

2 Wall Sign Area based on front building or suite façade with a primary entrance for each business not to exceed 250

square feet in area.
3 Unless otherwise authorized in Chapter 9110, Freestanding and Ground Mounted Signs.
4 See "9110.020" for Downtown monument sign requirements.
5 Space on multi-tenant sign consistent with the approved sign plan for the commercial/industrial centers. Centers
located along Hwy 74/Independence Boulevard, Old Monroe Road and Indian Trail Fairview Road shall comply with
Chapter 9110.

26
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 131131

Exhibit 1
2. Sign Illumination
Wall sign, projected sign and freestanding sign illumination is allowed in all districts where
such signs are permitted. Internally lit freestanding signs must have back lit channel letters,
open face channel letters, and a routed and backed panel. Externally lit freestanding signs
must be directed towards the sign.
920.020 Sign Dimensions
A. 920.010 General Surface Area Requirements
All area provisions in this DIVISION are calculated from the sign surface area dimensions defined
in this Chapter Section.
1. Double-Faced Signs
In case of signs mounted back-to-back, only one side of the sign is to be used for
computation of the area. Back-to-back signs shall be defined as double-faced signs.
Otherwise, the surface area of each sign is to be separately computed.
2. Three-Dimensional Signs
In the case of cylindrical signs, signs in the shape of cubes, or other signs which are
substantially three-dimensional with respect to their display surfaces, the entire display or
surface is included in computations of area.
3. Entrance Wall or Fence Sign
If a sign is attached to an entrance wall or fence, only that portion of that wall or fence onto
which the sign face or letters are placed shall be calculated in the sign area.
B. 920.020 Sign Surface Area
The sign area (see Figure 900-1 below) will be measured by the following methods:
1. A geometric shape enclosing any message, logo, symbol, name, photograph, or display face
for all sign types excluding Channel Letter Signs; and
2. The area of individually mounted or painted sign letters applied directly to the building face
which are not further emphasized by an architectural or painted element of the building
shall be calculated as the sum of the area within a series of rectangles which encompasses
each individual letter.
Figure 900-1: Sign Surface Area Calculation

27
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 132132

Exhibit 1

C. 910.030 Sign Frame Area
The frame area will be measured from the dimensions of a geometric shape formed by all
supports, frames, braces, bordering, and embellishments, which extend beyond the sign surface
area, and that enclose the sign surface area.
D. 910.040 Sign Height
The height of a sign shall be measured from the highest point of a sign to the point of ground
surface beneath it. Ornamentation such as caps and spires are not included in this
measurement. The use of berms or raised landscape areas is only permitted to raise the base of
the sign to the mean elevation of the fronting street.
Chapter 9100 Wall Signs
9100.040 Number of Signs
A single-tenant building may display one (1) wall sign on the main entrance wall with an optional sign on
one (1) additional side or rear building wall. Multi-tenant buildings may have one (1) sign per each unit
entrance wall segment. An additional multi-tenant wall sign may be used under two options. The tenant
signs may be repeated on the rear of each unit in the same way as the front tenant wall signs or, if one
of the sides is used, a multi-tenant wall sign must be used and not larger than 10% of the side wall total
square footage.
Chapter 9160 Administration, Enforcement, Appeals and Penalties
9160.010 Administration
[NO CHANGES TO THIS SECTION.]
9160.020 Appeals
[NO CHANGES TO THIS SECTION.]
9160.030 Violations and Penalties
[NO CHANGES TO THIS SECTION.]
9160.040 Table of Sign Requirements
[MOVE SECTION TO FRONT OF DIVISION 900.]

28
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 133133

Exhibit 1

J. INCORPORATE PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS LANGUAGE RESULTING FROM
NEW LEGISLATION
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
A new NC law limited pavement design regulation powers so the revisions remove the old language and
just refers to the Land Development Standards.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 1100 SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS
Chapter 1110 General Provisions
1110.090 Street and Sidewalk Improvements
A. [NO CHANGES A THRU G, AND I THRU U.]
H. Pavement Design
Pavement widths and thicknesses design shall be in accordance with the any applicable
standards of the North Carolina Department of Transportation and the Town ITLDS, whichever is
more restrictive, for the type of street. Alternatively, a licensed geotechnical engineer may
submit a recommended design to the Planning Director for consideration in the review of a
particular project in the Town of Indian Trail Land Development Standards (ITLDS).

29
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 134134

Exhibit 1

K. TOWN DESIGN STANDARDS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The design standards section of the UDO has been lacking in several ways including poor, inefficient
organization, and, most importantly, insufficient design language. Making the revisions adding the
design language will help to guide development quality and add more details to explain Staff design
review comments.

OUTLINE
REVISIONS TO CHAPTERS
DIVISION 1300 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN STANDARDS
Chapter 1310 Integrity And Introduction to Site and Building Design Standards
Chapter 1320 1310.030 Articulation Site and Building Design Standards – for Single-Family Residential
Buildings
Chapter 1320 1330 Nonresidential/Commercial Site and Building Design Standards –
Nonresidential/Commercial and Multifamily Residential
Chapter 1340 Downtown Design Standards
Chapter 1330 1350 Lighting Standards
Chapter 1340 1360 Transportation Infrastructure And Traffic Impacts
Chapter 1350 1370 Intersection Visibility
Chapter 1360 1380 Flood Damage Reduction Ordinance
Chapter 1370 1390 Storm Water Management Permits
Chapter 1380 13100 Post Construction
Chapter 1390 13110 Sedimentation Pollution Control
Chapter 13100 13120 Water, Sewer, Utilities And Easements
Chapter 13110 13130 Fire Protection For Developments
Chapter 13120 13140 Driveway, Street And Sidewalks
Chapter 13130 13150 Trash Enclosures And Grease Trap Facilities
Chapter 13140 13160 School Impact Study
REVISIONS TO CHAPTER 1310
Chapter 1310 Integrity And Introduction to Site And Design Standards
 1310.010 Purpose
 1310.020 Compliance

30
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 135135

Exhibit 1

REVISIONS TO NEW CHAPTER 1320
Chapter 1320 1310.030 Articulation Site and Building Design Standards – for Single-Family Residential
Buildings
 1320.010 A. Required Articulation Design Standards for All Single-Family Residential Buildings
 1320.020 B. Desired Articulation Design Standards for Single-Family Residential Buildings in
Development Conditional Zonings Developments
 1320.030 1310.040 Desired Material Standards for the Conditional Zoning of Site-Built and
Modular Housing in Conditional Zoning Developments
 1320.040 1310.050 Manufactured Housing Units on Individual Lots
 1320.050 1310.060 Two-Family Dwellings, Town Homes Townhomes and Rooming Houses
REVISIONS TO NEW CHAPTER 1330
Chapter 1320 1330 Nonresidential/Commercial Site and Building Design Standards –
Nonresidential/Commercial and Multi-family Residential
 1330.010 1320.010 Applicability
 1330.020 Design Principles
 1330.030 Site Design
 1330.040 Building Design
 1330.050 1320.050 Large Stores and Shopping Centers
 1330.060 1320.060 Industrial Centers/Business Parks
REVISIONS TO NEW CHAPTER 1340
Chapter 1340 Downtown Design Standards
 1340.010 Goals
 1340.020 Lot and Building Standards
 1340.030 Open Space
 1340.040 Landscaping
 1340.050 Signage
 1340.060 Downtown Furnishings

31
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 136136

Exhibit 1
PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 1300 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN STANDARDS
Chapter 1310 Integrity and Introduction to Site and Building Design Standards
1310.010 Purpose
The regulations of this Chapter are intended to promote quality, aesthetically pleasing development
throughout Indian Trail and to provide a wide range of nonresidential and residential structure types to
accommodate the life-styles and economic levels of the projected population. The regulations are
further intended to promote quality development that complies with all Town and state regulations and
minimizes land use conflicts.
1310.020 Compliance
Plans demonstrating compliance with the design standards of this Chapter will be reviewed by the
authorizing permit authority at the time of development’s initial review and consideration for approval.
The authorizing permit authority may approve plans that deviate from these standards if the plan is
consistent with the statement of purpose and utilize equal or better design strategies and materials.
A. Any proposed changes to an approved Integrity and Building Design Permit such as a change in
building design or building materials, shall require approval by the Planning Director.
B. Any proposed changes to an approved Integrity and Building Design Permit associated with a
Conditional Zoning shall be bound by the conditions of approval, this Chapter, and the following:
1. Building materials and colors shall be similar to the materials already being used in the
neighborhood, and/or if dissimilar materials are being proposed, other characteristics such
as scale, proportion, form, architectural detailing, color, and texture shall be used to ensure
that enough similarity exists for the buildings to relate to the rest of the neighborhood.
2. Any proposed deviation from conditions of approval of a Conditional Zoning approved by
the Town Council shall require an amendment of the Conditional Zoning approval.
C. In the event of conflict with the Downtown Master Plan design guidelines and this DIVISION
1300 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN STANDARDS, the master plan shall apply.
D. Standards for accessory structures and apartments are provided in “G. Accessory Structure
Materials” of Section 710.040 Lot and Building Standards.
Chapter 1320 1310.030 Articulation Site and Building Design Standards – for Single-Family Residential
Buildings
1320.010 A. Required Articulation Design Standards for All Single-Family Residential Buildings
All residential detached buildings and attached townhouse building units on individual lots in residential
districts must include the following design features:
32
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 137137

Exhibit 1
A. 1. Front and Side Garage Projection
The provision of garage space in the front or side of a
home should not result in negative visual impacts on the
design of the front façade. Refer to Section 1320.020.B.4
for garage requirements. Front loading garages shall not
extend further than four (4) feet past the predominant
front façade of the house unless a front porch is used and
then the garage shall not extend further than four (4) feet
past the porch excluding side loading garages. A
maximum of ¼ of the front façade is allowed to be front
facing garage door(s). Figure 1 shows an example of a
projecting garage dominating the appearance of the front
façade.

Figure 1: Excessive Garage Projection and
Front Façade Coverage

B. Desired Articulation Standards for Residential Buildings in Conditional Zoning Developments
[“B” MOVED FURTHER BELOW UNDER 1320.020.]
B. C. Build-To-Line
Infill development in existing residential subdivisions or new home construction on a lot along a
street corridor with developed home lots within 300 feet on each side of such lot shall be
constructed at a distance from the front property line consistent with the developed homes or
to be known as the “build-to line”. The build-to line distance is the average of the developed
home lots within 300 feet on each side of the new home lot from the front property line to the
front primary elevation façades. The new residential structure shall front on the same street as
the developed homes. Setbacks must still be met with the following exception in “D” “C”.
C. D. Reduced Front Yard Setback in Developed Areas
The minimum front yard setback may be reduced for any lot where the build-to line (the
average established front setback on developed lots located within 300 feet on each side of such
lot) is less than the minimum required setback. In such cases, the front setback on such a lot
may be less than the required front setback but not less than the average of the existing front
setbacks on the developed lots within 300 feet of each side.
D. Varied Townhouse Building Placement
Townhouse buildings shall be positioned in a manner to avoid long, uninterrupted runs within
interior drives and parking areas. Where possible, buildings should be clustered into smaller
groups and/or around common open space. [COPIED FROM EXISTING 1310.070.]
1320.020 B. Desired Articulation Design Standards for Single-Family Residential Buildings in
Development Conditional Zonings Developments
1. The following are desired design features for single-family residential structures in Conditional Zoning
districts.
A. Residential structures are encouraged to include at least five (5) of the following desired design
features:

33
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 138138

Exhibit 1
1. Bay or bow windows on the front façade (Note: the provision of one such window is
sufficient);
2. Dormers (Note: the provision of one such roof feature is sufficient);
3. A roof pitch greater than or equal to a 6 to 12 (6:12) for primary roof;
4. Eaves with a minimum 10-inch projection on all sides of the building;
5. Rear decks or patios with a minimum size of 64 square feet;
6. Front porch and entry facing the front lot line (Note: entryway can be located on the long or
short axis of the dwelling;
7. Off-sets on building face with a minimum depth of 12 inches;
8. Decorative pillars or posts. Square post or columns may not be less than six (6) nominal
inches on any side and round columns may not be smaller than eight (8) nominal inches in
diameter from the bottom of the column unless consistent with a distinct architectural style.
(Note: suggested at least one pair, decorative or plain, but finished in manner that is
consistent with the dwelling exterior);
9. Distinct Architectural Style (2 point value). The use of a distinct architectural style may be
determined by a qualified professional contracted by the Town at the cost of the applicant
unless the Planning Director is confident in the determination of the style.
B. 2. Each of the following design features are desired on residential structures in a Conditional
Zoning development:
1. Openings including doors and/or windows on street facing building facades. Windows are
suggested to have appropriate window trim per style of architecture. Blank walls are not
desired.
2. Masonry (preferably brick) perimeter enclosure at base but also including poured concrete
so that each home has the appearance of a raised foundation (Note: wood products covered
with a treatment to appear as masonry do not qualify). Poured concrete shall be treated
with brick, stone, or color and textured material appropriate foundation style per style of
architecture.
3. Changes in the use of wall facing materials should occur at wall setbacks or projections, or
to articulate the transition between the building base middle and top. Material changes
should return to inside corners of front façade. Those materials however, are not required
to wrap the outermost front corner of the home.

34
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 139139

Exhibit 1

4. Front loading -entry garages and a front-facing side of a side-entry garage shall not extend
further than four (4) feet past the predominant front façade of the house unless a front
porch is used and then the garage shall not extend further than four (4) feet past the porch
excluding side loading garages. See Figure 1300-99 for a diagram showing the front-facing
side wall of a side-entry garage. For a front-entry garage, A a maximum of ¼ of the front
façade is allowed to be a wall with a front facing garage door(s).
Figure 1300-99: Maximum Front Projection for Side-Entry Garage

1320.030 1310.040 Desired Building Material Standards for the Conditional Zoning of Site-Built and
Modular Housing in Conditional Zoning Developments
Residential buildings in a Conditional Zoning constructed on-site may be improved with quality materials
that are durable, safe, and require limited maintenance. It is recommended that materials be selected
for suitability to the type of building and design for which they are used. All facades visible from public
or private streets are desired to be constructed of the following materials:
A. Brick, natural stone, wood, architectural cast stone, hardcoat stucco, cementitious siding, glass
or EIFS – Exterior Insulation Finishing System (when applied according to manufacturer
specifications and the North Carolina Building Code).
B. Vinyl siding (minimum of .44mm), galvanized, aluminum coated, or zinc-aluminum coated metal
finishes provided such materials do not exceed 20% of those façades visible from public or
private streets.
C. Roof material standards are not provided for site-built and modular housing that is not under a
Conditional Zoning, but the roof material shall be consistent in appearance to the existing
neighborhood materials on primary homes for new infill development. For Conditional Zonings,
the following is suggested if the consistency of the neighborhood does not imply otherwise:
1. Only roof asphalt shingles, slate and terracotta tile materials are used on site-built and
modular housing structures.
35
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 140140

Exhibit 1

2. Metal and synthetic rubber are not allowed roof materials.
3. Metal roof materials may be used in the RSF zoning district.
D. When replacing an existing roof on a housing structure, the new materials shall follow the
standard listed in “C” above. In an established residential subdivision, the roofing material shall
be consistent in appearance to the primary homes in the subdivision.
E. See "G. Accessory Structure Materials" in Section 710.040 Lot and Building Standards for
accessory structure material requirements.
1320.040 1310.050 Manufactured Housing Units on Individual Lots
[NO CHANGES UNDER HERE.]
1320.050 1310.060 Two-Family Dwellings, Town Homes Townhomes and Rooming Houses
[NO CHANGES UNDER HERE.]
1310.070 Multi-Unit Apartment/Condo Buildings: Attached and Multi-Family
[INCORPORATED INTO THE NONRESIDENTIAL/COMMERCIAL SECTION.]
A. General
Multi-unit apartment/condominium buildings are subject to the standards of Section 520.040
(density, frontage, and yard requirements) except as modified or supplemented by the
standards of this Chapter. [DELETED. SIMILAR INTRODUCTORY LANGUAGE IN NEW 1330.010
APP]
B. Varied Building Placement
Buildings shall be positioned in a manner to avoid long, uninterrupted runs within interior drives
and parking areas. Where possible, buildings should be clustered into smaller groups and/or
around common open space. [MOVED TO 1330.030(SITE DESIGN),A.]
C. Façade Materials [DELETE. MOST MATERIAL IS DUPLICATED IN 1330.040(BUILDING
DESIGN),F,1(FAÇADE MATERIALS).]
All buildings and other structures must be constructed with brick, natural stone, EIFS (Exterior
Insulation Finishing System), glass, cementitious (i.e. Hardie) plank, panel or shingle siding or
other comparable, durable materials that are consistent with the purpose and intent of this
chapter and approved during the plan review process. A minimum of 30% of the building façade
shall consist of brick and/or stone materials.
Use of architecturally finished/treated cast stone, precast panels or concrete masonry units as a
primary building material may allowed in visible areas that are suitable for use on multifamily
buildings and are consistent with the purpose and intent of this chapter and approved by the
Planning Director during the plan review process.
Unfinished/treated concrete masonry units, unfinished/treated precast panels, and similar
36
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 141141

Exhibit 1
utility/economical grade materials (with exception of metal siding) may be allowed in service
areas and in exterior corridors or stairwells that are not generally visible to the public.
D. Façade Colors
Façade colors must be low-reflectance, subtle, neutral or earth tone colors. Building trim and
accent areas may feature brighter colors, as approved during the plan review process.
[INCORPORATED INTO 1330.040,F,8(COLOR PALETTES).]
E. Building Design
The following standards apply to all building facades and exterior walls that are visible from
adjoining streets, properties or parking areas. [DELETE TITLE. MOVED PREVIOUS SENTENCE TO
NEW 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN) INTRODUCTION LANGUAGE.]
1. Façade design and materials shall be consistent on all building elevations. [DELETE. A
BETTER DESCRIPTION OF THE INTENT OF THIS IS IN NEW SECTION 1330.040(BUILDING
DESIGN),A(BUILDING COMPOSITION).]
2. All building designs must express a distinct “base”, “middle”, and “top” through the
building’s architecture details and the use of building materials. [DELETE. DUPLICATE
EXISTING LANGUAGE NOW LOCATED IN 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),B(BUILDING MASS
AND SCALE),1(HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS IMPACTS ON MASSING),d.]
3. Roofs must have multiple planes and elements such as hips, gables, dormers, raised
parapets, or other offsets and features with at least one additional plane or feature every
60-ft of façade frontage. [MOVED TO NEW 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),B(BUILDING MASS
AND SCALE),1,d,(1),(C).]
4. Buildings must have architectural features that conceal rooftop equipment, such as HVAC
units, from public view. [DELETE PREVIOUS SENTENCE AS IT IS DUPLICATED IN NEW
1330.040(BUILIDNG DESIGN),B,3(ROOF FORMS),e.] All flat roof buildings must include
parapet screening (maximum five (6) feet in height), and cornice or decorative coping
elements along rooflines. [LAST SENTENCE MOVED TO NEW 1330.040(BUILIDNG
DESIGN),B,3(ROOF FORMS),e.]
5. Vehicular parking shall not be placed between residential buildings and public streets.
[DELETE PREVIOUS SENTENCE AS IT IS DUPLICATED IN NEW 1330.030(SITE DESIGN),C.] Onstreet parking is permitted and encouraged. [MOVED TO NEW 1330.030(SITE DESIGN,C.]
6. For proposed buildings located within the Downtown Overlay, exposed stairwells, corridors,
or breezeways shall not be permitted. In the event of conflict with the design guidelines of
the Downtown Master Plan the master plan shall apply. [MOVED TO 1330.040(BUILDING
DESIGN),E,2,c.]
F. Articulation [ALL OF “F.” MOVED TO NEW SECTION 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),B(BUILDING
MASS AND SCALE),1,d,(3).]

37
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 142142

Exhibit 1
Buildings visible from public streets, adjacent properties, and parking areas must include at least
three (3) of the following features:
1. Clearly pronounced recesses and projections (articulation) at multiple locations for any
building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width.
2. Wall plane off-sets (minimum two (2) foot depth and spacing every 30’) at multiple
locations, reveals, projections, and changes in texture and color for wall surfaces for any
building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width.
3. Multiple windows grouped together to establish a design feature that can be either
recessed or projecting with a minimum 4’’ wide trim.
4. Multiple ornamental pilasters, columns or other similar architectural features integrated
into the overall architectural design.
5. A projecting or recessed balcony on at least 50% of the units of an individual façade and a
covered porch for each unit at the ground-level.
6. Other features that reduce the apparent mass of a building subject to approval by the
Planning Director.
G. Entrances [ALL OF “G.” MOVED AND INCORPORATED INTO “2. ENTRANCES” IN SECTION
1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),E.]
1. Entrance doors to dwelling units located above the ground floor must be provided from an
enclosed lobby or corridor and stairwell. Unenclosed or partially enclosed stairs may not be
used as the primary means of access to upper-floor dwellings units.
2. Patio-style doors, such as sliding glass doors, may not be used for main entrance doors.
3. Each building must have a clearly defined, highly visible entrance featuring at least 3 of the
following elements:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.

Canopies or porticos;
Overhangs;
Recesses/projections;
Raised corniced parapets over the door;
Peaked roof forms;
Arches;
Architectural details such as tile work and moldings that are integrated into the
building structure and design; or
h. Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for
sitting.

38
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 143143

Exhibit 1
H. Pedestrian Circulation [MOVED TO 1330.030(SITE DESIGN),B,3.]
A pedestrian circulation system must be provided that connects residential entrances to
adjacent public rights-of-way and to parking areas and other on-site facilities.
I.

Parking Location/Orientation [DELETED DUE TO DUPLICATE IN SECTION 1330.030(SITE
DESIGN),C.]
Surface parking and parking within accessory structures must be located behind the principal
building or otherwise concealed from view of abutting streets. Parking areas may not be located
directly between the principal building and the street or within any required interior side
setback area. Any portion of a parking area that is not completely concealed from the view of an
abutting street must be screened in accordance with the parking lot landscaping requirements
of DIVISION 800.

J.

Open Space [MOVED TO 1330.030(SITE DESIGN),D.]
1. General
a. Every applicant who proposes a multi-family apartment or condominium building
shall set aside a portion of land, in accordance with this Chapter, for a private or
public park, greenway, recreation, and open space sites to serve the recreational
needs of the residents of the development.
b. At least 15% of the gross acreage of the site (outside of Downtown Overlay) shall be
set-aside for park, recreation, greenway, or open space sites to serve the
recreational needs of the residents of the subdivision or development. A minimum
of 10% of the gross acreage shall be set aside for sites within the Downtown Overlay
District.
c. To the extent feasible, areas with environmental limitations (e.g. designated flood
plain areas, wetlands, and areas with a slope in excess of 15%) should be dedicated
as open space and the Town may require these areas to be dedicated in excess of
the minimum standard provided in this Section provided that reasonable economic
use of the property is permitted.
d. At the time of filing a site plan or conditional rezoning application, the applicant
shall designate thereon the area or areas to be set-aside.
2. Design and Active Amenities
a. Open space shall be designed to provide maximum accessibility and visibility to
residents within the development. Opportunities for both passive and active
recreation should be provided. Indoor amenity areas such as indoor pools, etc. may
be used towards compliance with the open space acreage requirements.
b. Multi-family and condominium uses must provide fully developed, targeted
amenities (indoor or outdoor) of an appropriate size and scale with the number of
units as follows.
(1) Fewer than 75 units = 1 amenity
(2) 75 to 150 units = 2 amenities
(3) 151 to 300 units = 3 amenities
39

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 144144

Exhibit 1
(4) More than 300 units = as determined by Planning Director
c. Examples of indoor amenities include, but are not limited to: Fitness center with
fitness equipment, recreation or game room including features such as billiards
tables, game tables, or movie viewing area, solarium, sauna, steam room, or other
type of relaxation room, common cooking and/or dining facility, and swimming
pools.
d. Examples of outdoor amenities include, but are not limited to fenced dog park with
dog wash station, bike workshop and storage area, community vegetable and flower
garden, outdoor lounge area such as with a fire pit and grills or outdoor kitchen,
playground with commercial-grade equipment basketball court (full or half court);
tennis court; pickleball court; volleyball court; or soccer field that is graded properly
to an amateur or practice-level facility, is grassed, and has goals, putting green,
bocce courts, horseshoe courts, or shuffleboard courts, and swimming pools.
K. Site Plan Review [MOVED TO 1330.030.E.]
Site plan review, pursuant to Chapter 370, is required for all multi-unit apartment/condo
buildings containing more than three (3) dwelling units.
Chapter 1320 1330 Nonresidential/Commercial Site and Building Design Standards –
Nonresidential/Commercial and Multi-family Residential
[NOTE: The existing multi-unit/multi-family section was deleted. The portion that dealt with townhomes
was incorporated into the new Chapter 1320 Site and Building Standards – Single-Family Residential
(Attached Units and Detached Homes). Multi-family apartment/condo buildings were incorporated into
Chapter 1330 Site and Building Design Standards – Nonresidential/Commercial and Multi-family
Residential. Attached townhomes were removed from apartments/condos due to the architectural
nature that townhomes and detached single-family homes follow similar designs and standard
requirements.]
1330.010 1320.010 Applicability
The standards in this Chapter apply to commercial, industrial, multifamily (not single-family detached
homes or attached units/townhomes), and mixed-use developments within all Town zoning districts
including the Downtown districts. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the material and color standards of
this section apply to all facades of nonresidential and multifamily development subject to site plan
review that are visible from a public or private street or public areas of an adjacent sites, for nonresidential/commercial development in all regardless of zoning districts that are subject to site plan
review.
Nonresidential/commercial buildings are subject to the zoning district standards of Section 530.040 (Lot
and Building Standards), except as modified or supplemented by the standards of this Chapter. This
section excludes includes industrial land uses and business parks unless otherwise directed by Section
1330.060 [PREVIOUSLY 1320.060.] Industrial Centers/Business Parks.
Multifamily development addressed in this Chapter refers to condominium and apartment
developments. Multifamily buildings are subject to the zoning district standards of Section 520.040 (Lot
and Building Standards), except as modified or supplemented by the standards of this Chapter.
40
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 145145

Exhibit 1

1320.020 Pedestrian Circulation
[MOVED SECTION TO 1330.030(SITE DESIGN),B.]
1320.030 Façade Materials
[MOVED SECTION TO 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),F,1 EXCEPT FOR “D” (FAÇADE COLORS) WHICH WAS
MOVED TO 1330.040(BUILDING DESIGN),F,8(COLOR PALETTES).]
1320.040 Building Design
[MOVED SECTION TO 1330.040.]
1320.050 Large-Stores and Shopping Centers
[MOVED SECTION TO 1330.050.]
1320.060 Industrial Centers/Business Parks
[MOVED SECTION TO 1330.060.]
1330.020 Design Principles
The following design principles are basic considerations when developing design standards.
A. Address the Human Scale
Spaces between buildings or between landscape plantings, and the absence of neighboring
buildings or landscaping can give the feeling of being lost. On the other hand, excessive
clustering of development can give the feeling of being crowded or overcome by the mass of
buildings. Well-placed buildings, streetscape elements, and landscaping provide a more
attractive space for pedestrians. Streetscape elements may include furnishing such as benches
and trash receptacles, lighting, high-quality crosswalks, artwork, decorative space-defining knee
walls, and fountains.
B. Create a Sense of Place
The development of special places attracts pedestrians for gathering and social interaction.
Special spaces that are welcoming and attractive include well-scaled plazas, pocket parks, and
expanded sidewalk areas for café seating. These places may include featured structures such as
clock towers, fountains, memorial statues or displays, obelisks, small stage or amphitheater, and
art sculptures. Establishing special spaces in a developed area and experiencing them over time,
contributes to the character of that area and helps to create a sense of place such as the smalltown feel that so many individuals want to cherish.
C. Connect Uses
Establishing efficient and attractive connection systems promotes cohesiveness between
developments and uses. Examples of connecting uses include sidewalks and trails, streets, plazas
or outdoor patios, open space, and overhead pedestrian bridges or enclosed walkways.
D. Provide Transitions
Transitions soften the flow between land uses, architectural design, and mobility systems.
Establishing transitions preserve and enhance the identity and character of an area. A mix of
41
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 146146

Exhibit 1
businesses can spur economic vitality by creating customer traffic to support more than one
business including the office and business employees seeking food, services and entertainment.
E. Reduce Parking Impacts
Reducing concentrations of parking is important for both
the visual and traffic impacts in Town. Figure 99 shows
an image of negative impactful parking. With the
concentration of development in the overlays and the
Downtown districts, it is important to soften the visual
impact of parking areas with, for example, the use of
landscaping or efficient use of on-street parking where
applicable and safe.
F. Plan for Pedestrians, Bicyclists, and Transit Users
Figure 99: Negative Impactful Parking
New development or future improvements should
(Envato)
incorporate recommendations from adopted mobilityrelated plans. Such plans include the Comprehensive Plan, Downtown Master Plan, Bicycle
Master Plan, and Pedestrian Plan.
G. Provide Open Space
Open space is a valuable amenity in mixed use developments or a downtown as it enhances the
livability and appeal of an area. Examples of open spaces include greenways, parks, plazas, and
pedestrian areas. Open space is developed in various sizes such as small pocket parks, green
lawns highlighting an important building, formal gardens, water features, or amphitheater areas
for just seating or including a stage for performances.
1330.030 Site Design
The design of new nonresidential/commercial and multifamily buildings shall consider of the relative
placement of the structures within natural areas and existing developments. Multi-unit
apartment/condominium buildings are subject to the standards of Section 520.040 (density, frontage,
and yard requirements) except as modified or supplemented by the standards of this Chapter. [MOVED
FROM INTRO TO 1310.070 MULTI-UNIT APARTMENT/CONDO BUILDINGS: ATTACHED AND MULTIFAMILY.]
A. B. Varied Building Placement
Buildings shall be positioned in a manner to avoid
long, uninterrupted runs within interior drives and
parking areas. Where possible, buildings should be
clustered into smaller groups and/or around common
open space. [MOVED FROM 1310.070.]

Varied Placement of Multi-Unit Structures

42
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 147147

Exhibit 1

B. 1320.020 Pedestrian Circulation
1. A. A pedestrian circulation system must be provided that interconnects building entrances
to adjacent public rights-of-way and other on-site facilities. Buildings with parking abutting
them shall have a concrete pedestrian walkway with a minimum five (5)-foot width. Such
walkways must be located at least three (3) feet from the facade of the building to provide
planting beds for foundation landscaping, except where features such as arcades, display
windows, planters, or entryways are part of the facade. [FROM 1320.020]
2. B. All internal pedestrian walkways that cross parking aisles or driveways must be
distinguished from driving surfaces through the use of durable, low-maintenance surface
materials such as pavers, bricks, scored concrete or scored and painted asphalt designed to
enhance pedestrian safety and comfort. Raised walkways may be installed if elevated six (6)
inches with tapered side slopes and meet ADA standards. [FROM 1320.020]
3. H. A pedestrian circulation system must be provided that connects residential entrances to
adjacent public rights-of-way, and to parking areas, and other on-site facilities. [FROM
1310.070,H]
C. I. Parking Location/Orientation
Surface parking and parking within accessory structures must be located behind the principal
building or otherwise concealed from view of abutting streets. Parking areas may not be located
directly between the principal building and the street or within any required interior side
setback area. Any portion of a parking area that is not completely concealed from the view of an
abutting street must be screened in accordance with the parking lot landscaping requirements
of DIVISION 800. [FROM 1310.070,I] For multi-family apartment or condominium buildings,
where permitted, On on-street parking is permitted and encouraged. [LAST SENTENCE MOVED
FROM EXISTING 1310.070,E,5.]
D. J. Open Space for Multi-Family Apartment/Condo Buildings [FROM 1310.070,J]
1. General
a. Every applicant who proposes a multi-family apartment or condominium building
shall set aside a portion of land, in accordance with this Chapter, for a private or
public park, greenway, recreation, and open space sites to serve the recreational
needs of the residents of the development.
b. At least 15% of the gross acreage of the site (outside of the Downtown Overlay
Districts) shall be set-aside for park, recreation, greenway, or open space sites to
serve the recreational needs of the residents of the subdivision or development. A
minimum of 10% of the gross acreage shall be set aside for sites within the
Downtown Overlay Districts.
c. To the extent feasible, aAreas with environmental limitations (e.g. designated flood
plain areas, wetlands, and areas with a slope in excess of 15%) should shall be
dedicated as open space and the Town may require these areas to be dedicated in
43
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 148148

Exhibit 1
excess of the minimum standard provided in this Section provided that reasonable
economic use of the property is permitted.
d. At the time of filing a site plan or conditional rezoning application, the applicant
shall designate thereon the area or areas to be set-aside.
2. Design and Active Amenities
a. Open space shall be designed to provide maximum accessibility and visibility to
residents within the development. Opportunities for both passive and active
recreation should be provided. Indoor amenity areas such as indoor pools, etc. may
be used towards compliance with the open space acreage requirements.
b. Multi-family and condominium uses must provide fully developed, targeted
amenities (indoor or outdoor) of an appropriate size and scale with the number of
units as follows.
(1) Fewer than 75 units = 1 amenity
(2) 75 to 150 units = 2 amenities
(3) 151 to 300 units = 3 amenities
(4) More than 300 units = as determined by Planning Director
c. Examples of indoor amenities include, but are not limited to: Fitness center with
fitness equipment, recreation or game room including features such as billiards
tables, game tables, or movie viewing area, solarium, sauna, steam room, or other
type of relaxation room, common cooking and/or dining facility, and swimming
pools.
d. Examples of outdoor amenities include, but are not limited to fenced dog park with
dog wash station, bike workshop and storage area, community vegetable and flower
garden, outdoor lounge area such as with a fire pit and grills or outdoor kitchen,
playground with commercial-grade equipment basketball court (full or half court);
tennis court; pickleball court; volleyball court; or soccer field that is graded properly
to an amateur or practice-level facility, is grassed, and has goals, putting green,
bocce courts, horseshoe courts, or shuffleboard courts, and swimming pools. See
Figure 98 for a pool example located in Indian Trail.

Figure 98 Elwood Apartments Pool

44
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 149149

Exhibit 1

E. K. Site Plan Review
Site plan review, pursuant to Chapter 370, is required for all non-residential/commercial, and
multi-unit apartment/condo buildings containing more than three (3) dwelling units. [FROM
1310.070,K]
1330.040 1320.040 Building Design
The building design should establish some basic features for businesses and multifamily residential
development. In a mixed use development or in a downtown area, the building or development of
several buildings typically has an active relationship with the pedestrian sidewalk becoming an integral
zone of transition to and from the street into the building establishments or residences. E. The following
building design standards herein apply to all building facades and exterior walls that are visible from
adjoining streets, properties or parking areas. [PREVIOUS SENTENCE FROM EXISTING LANGUAGE IN
INTRODUCTION LANGUAGE UNDER TITLE “E. BUILDING DESIGN” IN EXISTING SECTION 1310.070(MULTIUNIT APARTMENT/CONDO BUILDINGS: ATTACHED AND MULTI-FAMILY).]
A. The following standards apply to all building facades and exterior walls that are visible from
adjoining streets or properties.
[FROM HERE ->]
1. All building designs must express a distinct “base”, “middle”, and “top” through the
building’s architecture details and the use of building materials.
2. Buildings visible from public streets must include at least three (3) of the following features:
a. Variations in roof form and parapet heights;
b. Clearly pronounced recesses and projections at multiple locations for any building
with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width;
c. Wall plane off-sets (dimension established by building module) at multiple locations
for any building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width;
d. Reveals and projections and changes in texture and color of wall surfaces;
e. Deep set windows with mullions;
f. Ground level arcades and second floor galleries/balconies; or
g. Other features that reduce the apparent mass of a building. [<- TO HERE…MOVED
TO NEW SECTION BELOW, 1330.040,B(BUILDING MASS AND SCALE),1.]
B. Buildings must have architectural features that conceal rooftop equipment, such as HVAC units,
from public view. [MOVED TO NEW SECTION BELOW, 1330.040,B,3(ROOF FORMS),e.] All flat
roof buildings must include parapets and cornice or decorative coping elements along rooflines.
[MOVED TO NEW SECTION BELOW, 1330.040,B,4(CORNICES AND PARAPET WALLS).]
C. [PORTIONS OF C MOVED TO 1330.030(BUILDING DESIGN),E,2.] Each building must have a clearly
defined, highly visible customer entrance featuring at least four (4) of the following elements:
1. Canopies or porticos;
2. Overhangs;
3. Recesses/projections;
45
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 150150

Exhibit 1
4. Arcades;
5. Raised corniced parapets over the door;
6. Peaked roof forms;
7. Arches;
8. Outdoor patios;
9. Display windows;
10. Architectural details such as tile work and moldings that are integrated into the building
structure and design; or
11. Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for sitting.
D. Building height may not exceed 35 feet for a one-story building or as otherwise authorized
within the UDO. [DELETED. DIVISION 500 COVERS BUILDING HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS.]
A. Building Composition
Building design should not become a rigid, uninteresting product. Arranging building design
elements into a composition can result in a pleasing building appearance. Such arrangement of
elements may include mass and scale, the form of façade bays, façade fenestration, and color.
New development has two paths for composing a building as follows:
1. General Composition Standards
a. Building design composition shall be compatible and complementary to the
surrounding buildings and environment.
b. Emphasize corners with roof and architectural forms such as towers, domes, hipped
or pitched roofs.
2. Two Paths for Building Composition
a. Single Design Building Composition
This building design uses one unified design to blend design massing vertically and
horizontally with pronounced breaks, and variation in roof forms as described in
Section 1330.010, B. Building Mass and Scale.
b. Appearance of Multiple Designed Buildings Composition
This option is designed for one building façade to appear as multiple connected
buildings to create visual interest. Apply different designs to each of the faux
individual building façade sections. Accomplish this by using different materials,
design elements, and color palettes.
B. Building Mass and Scale
The intent is to create an aesthetically pleasing building design that is relatable in scale to the
surrounding environment. This building design is manipulated horizontally and vertically in mass
and scale to achieve the positive visual impact.
1. Horizontal Elements’ Impact on Massing
Design treatments must be used to reduce horizontal impacts of the building mass with the
following:
46
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 151151

Exhibit 1

a. A variation in height, fenestration, wall planes, and wall surfaces.
b. A variation in roof lines, modulated building heights, stepbacks, or creative
detailing.
c. Application of different textures, colors, materials, and distinctive architectural
treatments adding interest in an otherwise dull and/or repetitive façade.
d. 1. All building designs must express establish a distinct “base”, “middle”, and “top”
through the building’s architecture details and the use of building materials. [FROM
1320.040, A,1.]
(1) Explanation of Key Elements
(A) Building Base
The building design shall use materials that visually is stronger and
foundationally sturdier at the base. Such materials include stone, brick
or masonry.
(B) Building Middle
The middle portion of the building shall relate to the bottom and top
providing a visual connection or body between the two. The middle
shall be the proportional to the bottom and top where it is equal to, or
the majority of the building façade height.
(C) Building Top
The top portion of the building shall include roof features as part of the
overall design of the building. 3. Roofs must have multiple planes and
elements such as hips, gables, dormers, raised parapets, or other offsets
and features with at least one additional plane or feature every 60-ft of
façade frontage. [PREVIOUS SENTENCE FROM EXISTING 1310.070
1310.070(MULTI-UNIT APARTMENT/CONDO BUILDINGS: ATTACHED
AND MULTI-FAMILY),E,3.]
(2) Requirements for Highly Visible Nonresidential/Commercial Buildings
Buildings visible from public streets must include at least three (3) of the
following features (See Figure 88 below): [ALL OF “(2)” FROM 1320.040,A,2.]
(A) Variations in roof form and parapet heights;
(B) Clearly pronounced recesses and projections at multiple locations for
any building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width;
(C) Wall plane off-sets (dimension established by building module) at
multiple locations for any building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet
in width;
(E) Reveals and projections and changes in texture and color of wall
surfaces;
(F) Deep set windows with mullions;
(G) Ground level arcades and second floor galleries/balconies; or
(H) Other features that reduce the apparent mass of a building.

47
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 152152

Exhibit 1

Figure 88: Example of Using Horizontal Elements to Reduce Massing Impacts

Source: Envato image.

(3) Requirements for Highly Visible Multi-Family Apartment/Condo Buildings
F. Articulation Multi-family apartment/condo buildings visible from public
streets, adjacent properties, and parking areas must include at least three
(3) of the following features: [ALL OF “(3)” FROM EXISTING
1310.070,F(ARTICULATION).]
(A) 1. Clearly pronounced recesses and projections (articulation) at multiple
locations for any building with a front façade exceeding 50 feet in width;
(B) 2. Wall plane off-sets (minimum two (2) foot depth and spacing every 30
feet) at multiple locations, reveals, projections, and changes in texture
and color for wall surfaces for any building with a front façade
exceeding 50 feet in width;
(C) 3. Multiple windows grouped together to establish a design feature that
can be either recessed or projecting with a minimum 4’’ wide trim.
(D) 4. Multiple ornamental pilasters, columns or other similar architectural
features integrated into the overall architectural design.
(E) 5. A projecting or recessed balcony on at least 50% of the units of an
individual façade and a covered porch for each unit at the ground-level.
(F) 6. Other features that reduce the apparent mass of a building subject to
approval by the Planning Director.
2. Vertical Elements Impacts on Massing
Design treatments shall be used to reduce horizontal impacts of the building mass with the
following (See Figure 99 below for an example.):
a. Use regular intervals of vertical elements to visually relate the base to the top of the
building.
b. All of the following types of vertical breaks of the building’s massing shall be used:
(1) A change in recesses, protrusions, or changes in the plane of the façade of
the building sufficient to create a visible shadow line.
(2) A significant Break in the eave line or roof form.
(3) A change in façade material or color.

48
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 153153

Exhibit 1
c. Frequency of vertical massing breaks shall be one of the following:
(1) Buildings less than 100 feet in length
(A) Requires a vertical massing break at a distance of 25 feet to front and
side building façades.
(B) Stepbacks shall be increased based on the massing or architecture of
the building and shall be a minimum of 12 inches in horizontal distance.
(2) Buildings 100 feet and over in length
(A) Requires a vertical massing break at a distance of 25 feet to 50 feet to
front and side facades.
(B) Stepbacks shall be increased based on the massing or architecture of
the building and shall be a minimum of 24 inches in horizontal distance.
d. Vertical massing breaks at tenant part walls for multi-tenant buildings.
Figure 99: Example of Using Vertical Elements to Reduce Massing Impacts

Source: Envato image.

3. Roof Forms
The roof shall be integral to reduce the impact of building massing vertically through the
roof pitch and type of roof architectural characteristics.
a. Articulate the top of the building with elements such as a pitched roof, roof gables,
overhangs, flat roofs with parapets, and other roof forms.
b. Acceptable roof forms are pitched, gable, cross gable, shed, butterfly, flat, and
hipped roof types.
c. Integrate roof forms into key elements such as entries, towers, dormers, and corner
treatments.
d. Eave lines shall:
(1) Be continuous with breaks to show a change in massing, bay rhythm, tenant
walls, or reflect a primary entry into a building.
(2) Overhang the building a minimum of 12 inches. Larger overhangs shall be
considered for the overall design or to provide enhanced solar shading.
e. 4. Buildings must have architectural features that conceal rooftop equipment, such
as HVAC units, from public view. [SENTENCE FROM EXISTING 1320.040, B.] All flat
roof buildings must include parapet screening (maximum five (5) (6) [“(6)” IS
TYPOGRAPHICAL ERROR CORRECTION.] feet in height, and cornice or decorative
49
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 154154

Exhibit 1
coping elements along rooflines. [PREVIOUS SENTENCE FROM EXISTING
1310.070,E,4.]
4. Cornices and Parapet Walls
All flat roof buildings must include parapets and
cornice or decorative coping elements along
rooflines. [DELETED SENTENCE FROM 1320.040, B.]
Cornice and parapet design elements are required
where the roof meets the exterior wall or to
articulate the top when there is a flat roof.
a. Cornices, eaves, or rakes shall be used in
building designs.
b. Proper visual weight and proportion of the
Figure 1: Top Cornice (Source: Envato)
roof/cornice shall be achieved using
moldings, brackets, exposed rafters of at least twelve (12) inches.
c. Building with flat roofs sloped 1:12 or less shall have parapet walls along all facades
needed to conceal the roof from the public view along any public street or public
pedestrian walkway.
5. Corner Treatments
Portions of a building at a corner or roadway
intersection shall be designed with prominent
design features to accentuate and frame the
intersection/corner in which the building is
fronting.
a. Corner treatments shall wrap around
the corner and serve as a focal point
using details such as towers, domes,
hipped or pitched roofs.

Figure 2: Corner Treatment (Source: Envato)

C. Façade Bays
Organize basic elements, such as walls and openings, to create visual interest in the building
design. Basic elements may include multiple windows and openings.
1. A pattern of bays, walls, and openings shall be expressed on front and side building facades
visible from public view.
2. Multi-story buildings shall align centerlines of openings with the centerlines of the vertical
building bays on each floor.
3. Rear facades may use less design treatments if at least one of the following is met:
a. Screened from an adjacent property’s building.
b. Not visible from any public roadways or internal streets.
c. Single-story building with an 8-foot masonry wall screening entire public view of the
rear façade.

50
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 155155

Exhibit 1
D. Façade Fenestration
1. Commercial Street-Level Entrances and Display Windows
First floor windows, door openings, and other glass openings shall include clear glazing on
each façade with street-level entrances, storefronts and display windows. Faux windows
and spandrel glass are not permitted on the first floor front unless the proposal is justified
and approved by the Planning Director. An example of such use may be needed to improve
a non-entrance side that is facing the public’s view from a street.
2. First floor Fenestration Glazing
a. Non-Residential Buildings Less than 100 Feet in Length
(1) Building front façade ground floor glazing = 40%
(2) Building side façade ground floor glazing = 25%
b. Non-Residential Buildings 100 Feet in Length or More
(1) Building front façade ground floor glazing = 30%
(2) Building side façade ground floor glazing = 25%
3. Faux windows or doors are permitted on sides and portions of the façade that are not part
of the commercial street-level entrances and display windows as mentioned in “1.” above.
Faux windows must be opaque so not to show materials or objects behind the glazing/glass.
E. Building Elements
1. Front and Side Façades
All front and side building facades facing a public roadway must include a minimum of two
(2) of the following building elements:
a. Awnings
b. Canopies
c. Arcades
d. Galleries
e. Prominent roof feature
f. Tower elements
2. G. Entrances
Each building must have a clearly defined, highly visible entrance and featuring at least
three of the following elements: [FROM 1310.070,G,3] shall be designed with a storefront
that is welcoming, visually interesting, and accessible to create an active pedestrian
environment and inviting streetscape.
a. Each ground floor tenant on the front of a non-residential/commercial building shall
have a primary customer entrance. The exception is an office-type building with
tenants located off of a central lobby/hallway internal layout.
b. Each entrance shall have a weather-protection covering with an awning, overhang
or canopy.
c. Multi-Family Apartment/Condo Buildings Only:
(1) 1. Entrance doors to dwelling units located above the ground floor must be
provided from an enclosed lobby or corridor and stairwell. Unenclosed or
51
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 156156

Exhibit 1
partially enclosed stairs may not be used as the primary means of access to
upper-floor dwellings units. [FROM 1310.070,G,1.]
(2) 2. Patio-style doors, such as sliding glass doors, may not be used for main
entrance doors. [FROM 1310.070,G,2.]
(3) 6. For proposed multi-family apartment and condominium buildings located
within the Downtown Overlay districts, exposed stairwells, corridors, or
breezeways shall must not be permitted. In the event of conflict with the
design guidelines of the Downtown Master Plan, the master plan this
ordinance shall apply. [FROM 1310.070,E,6.]
d. Each building must have a clearly defined, highly visible customer featuring
Entrances must include design articulation by at least four (4) of the following
elements [FROM 1320.040,C] for nonresidential/commercial buildings and at least
three (3) of the following elements [FROM 1310.070,G,3] for multi-unit apartments
and condo residential buildings:
(1) Canopies or porticos
(2) Overhangs
(2) Recesses or projections
(3) Arcades
(4) Raised corniced parapets over the door
(5) Breaks in eave lines and roof forms (ex. Dormers, stepped rooflines, towers
or cupolas, clerestory windows, Peaked roof forms
(6) Arches
(7) Outdoor patios
(8) Display windows
(9) Integrated Aarchitectural details such as tile work and moldings that are
integrated into the building structure and design; or
(10) Integral planters or wing walls that incorporates landscaped areas and/or
places for sitting.
(11) Vertical breaks in the massing
3. Storefront
a. Storefronts shall front directly onto the sidewalk or terrace level.
b. Storefront openings shall be set within bays that are clearly defined by the building’s
masonry base and/or façade.
c. Multiple storefronts within the same building shall be visually compatible in terms
of scale, alignment, and their relationship to the building as a whole.
d. Individual storefronts shall be designed with a minimum of three (3) of the following
design elements:
(1) Lighting fixtures (full cut off)
(2) Bulkheads
(3) String courses
(4) Piers or pilasters
(5) Storefront cornice
(6) Tile work
(7) Masonry
52
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 157157

Exhibit 1
(8) Awnings
(9) Transom windows
4. Auto-Related Building Elements
a. Drive-Through Canopy
Integrate canopy design into overall building design with attention to all the
following:
(1) Building massing;
(2) Similar materials and colors;
(3) Canopy roof type of a flat roof shall receive additional design attention to
achieve visual interest; and
(4) Column supports for the canopy shall be articulated with the same building
material and color palette as the main building.
b. Garage and Loading Bay Overhead Doors
(1) Unarticulated, blank overhead doors are prohibited on façades visible from
public view. Section 1070.010,G. also states this requirement under
DIVISION 1000 Parking.
(2) If overhead doors are proposed on facades visible from public view,
adequate screening (i.e. landscaping, walls, fences, and berms) and
articulated overhead doors must be incorporated, reviewed and approved
by the Planning Director.
(3) Articulated overhead doors shall include a minimum of two (2) rows of glass
panels.
F. Building Materials and Colors
New development must reflect an image of high-quality development within the Town through
the following requirements for materials and color.
1. 1320.030 Façade Materials
a. A. All buildings and other structures must be constructed with brick, cementitious
panels or siding, natural stone, architecturally finished and integrally colored
concrete masonry units, EIFS (Exterior Insulation Finishing System), glass or other
comparable, durable materials that are consistent with the purpose and intent of
this chapter and approved during the site plan review process.
Use of architecturally finished/treated cast stone, or precast panels or concrete
masonry units as a primary building material may be allowed in visible areas that are
suitable for use in commercial locations and are consistent with the purpose and
intent of this chapter and approved by the Planning Director during the site plan
review process. Concrete masonry units must not be used on multi-family
apartment or condominium buildings.
b. Architectural-grade metal siding may be used when it contributes to the overall
design quality of the building façade(s). The permitted styles are Insulated Metal
Panels (IMP), concealed-fastener architectural metal panels, and metal composite
53
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 158158

Exhibit 1
material (ACM) panels. IMP type panels with a ribbed style, and architectural
ribbed/corrugated metal type material are not permitted building materials where
visible from a public or private street or adjacent public area.
c. B. For buildings 40,000 square feet and larger, a minimum of 30% of the building
facade that is visible from streets or other public areas, excluding doors and
windows, shall must consist of brick and/or stone.
d. C. Unfinished/treated concrete masonry units, unfinished/treated precast panels,
and similar utility-/economical-grade materials may be allowed in service areas and
on exterior walls or stairwells that are not generally visible to the public unless
otherwise stated in this ordinance. Metal siding or panels must not be used on
multi-family apartment or condominium buildings.
[NOTE: “D. FAÇADE COLORS” MOVED TO 1330.020,F,7(COLOR PALETTES).]
2. Masonry Base
a. Buildings three (3) stories or more must, at a minimum, have a masonry base (first
floor) the full height of the first floor. Floors partially constructed into the ground do
not count as a full first floor.
b. Some building designs may exceed the above minimum requirement for masonry
for buildings three (3) stories or more. Façade designs may include select bays or
corner features constructed in masonry the full height of the design feature.
c. Single-story buildings shall have a masonry base feature proportional to the building
massing and fit into the façade design.
3. EIFS Material
The use of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) in the exterior building design will be
based on design intent with particular attention to the amount of EIFS, texture, and how the
EIFS will complement other materials. The following applies to the application of EIFS:
a. Shall not be used as a primary building material.
b. Shall only be used as an accent application.
c. May be used in combination with other exterior materials on the side and rear
facades, and shall comprise no more than 30% of the total street facing façades.
d. May be used on upper floors of buildings three (3) stories or greater in height and
shall comprise no more than 30% of the total street facing façades.
e. Shall be applied as color integrated with a high-quality finish/texture when used on
any façade.
4. Multi-Floor Façade Material Incentive
If a building exterior façade wall elements are exceptionally used with high-quality materials
on the first two stories of the building, they may qualify for:
a. 25% reduction on the masonry requirement; or
b. 25% increase to the EIFS and Stucco requirement.

54
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 159159

Exhibit 1
5. Materials Not Permitted
The following exterior building materials are not permitted to be used on building exterior
façade design:
a. Barrier type Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)
b. Concrete block, painted
c. Concrete block, smooth-faced gray concrete block (CMU) – Color CMU block may be
permitted as an accent material.
d. Concrete panels, tilt-up – not covered with textured paint or another material. May
be used in detailing such as patterns and reveals in finished surfaces, form liners to
create interesting textures and patterns, texture coat paints, and architectural
detailing.
e. Concrete systems, Standard single (T) or double (TT)
f. Emulated brick or masonry (i.e. veneer)
g. Fiber cement siding and faux masonry panels
h. Split shake wood shingles
i. Corrugated metal siding, field painted standard (to be painted in the field – not prefinished) (See Section 1330.040.F.1.b.)
j. Vinyl siding
6. Materials Permitted for Limited Use as Accent Detailing
a. Architectural-grade metal panels may be used as accent material following what is
permitted under Section 1330.040.F.1.b.
b. Rough sawn wood – May only be used as weather-treated wood in a trellis or beam
feature.
c. Stucco and non-barrier type EIFS
d. Wood cladding
e. Fiber cement paneling not replicating brick or masonry
f. Spandrel glass only as accent feature and not for façade of occupied floor space.
7. Window Materials
a. Faux windows (i.e. spandrel glass windows) are permitted where needed for
improvement of exterior façade design. No background materials shall be visible
through faux windows during the day or night.
b. Window mullions shall be selected in colors complementary to the building design.
8. D. Façade Colors Color Palettes [EXISTING LANGUAGE IN BLACK BELOW MOVED FROM
1320.030(FAÇADE MATERIALS),D(FAÇADE COLORS).]
a. Color themes shall consist of a minimum of three (3) different colors: a primary base
color, and secondary accent colors to complement the base color.
b. Facade colors must be low-reflectance, subtle, neutral or earth tone colors. Intense,
bright (i.e. a neon color), black, or fluorescent colors are not permitted to be used as
the predominant color on any wall or roof of any primary or accessory structure.
c. Building trim and accent areas may feature brighter colors, as approved during the
site plan review process.
d. All exterior elements of the building that are metal, such as flues, and flashings shall
be painted a flat color that is compatible with the building and not be left nor
55
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 160160

Exhibit 1
allowed to become bare metal. Exceptions to this standard may occur, such as but
not limited to copper roofs, which do not require painting. These exceptions shall
be reviewed and approved by the Planning Director or their designee.
e. Trademarked corporate/brand color themes may be used but limited when colors
are similar to the description of intense and bright colors in “b.” above. A review
and approval by the Planning Director or their designee shall be required.
G. Renovations and Additions
1. Refer to DIVISION 1400 to see if any nonconformities apply to any additions or renovations
to an existing structure that may limit, for example, options in expansions or material
choices. Contact the Planning Department for assistance with and permitting for renovation
or addition projects.
2. Additions or renovations to an existing exterior wall shall comply with all design standards
including site design, landscaping and parking standards.
3. Additions to an existing building shall be secondary in massing and form to the primary
existing building.
4. Roofs on new additions shall adhere to the existing roof type, materials, and slope.
1330.050 1320.050 Large-Stores and Shopping Centers
A. Applicability
In addition to the requirements listed in Division 1300, "General Development and Design
Standards," the standards of this section apply to all retail uses and food and beverage retail
sales uses on sites that include, in aggregate, more than 70,000 square feet of gross floor area.
B. Pedestrian Circulation
At least one continuous internal pedestrian connecting walkway must be provided from the
public sidewalk or right-of-way and the principal customer entrance of all principal buildings on
the site. Such pedestrian connections must be at least six (6) feet in width. Refer to the Indian
Trail Land Development Standards for the required sidewalk construction standards. At a
minimum, walkways must connect focal points of pedestrian activity such as, but not limited to,
transit stops, street crossings, building and store entry points, and feature items such as
adjoining landscaped areas that includes trees, shrubs, benches, flower beds, planters,
groundcover, or other such materials for no less than 30% of its length.
1. Walkways must be provided along the full length of the building along any facade featuring
a customer entrance, and along any facade abutting public parking areas. Such walkways
must be located a minimum of three (3) feet from the facade of the building to provide
planting beds for foundation landscaping, except where features such as arcades, display
windows, planters or entryways are part of the facade.
2. Customer entrances must have weather protection features, such as awnings, arcades, or
vestibules.
56
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 161161

Exhibit 1
3. All internal pedestrian walkways that cross parking aisles or driveways must be
distinguished from driving surfaces through the use of durable, low-maintenance surface
materials such as pavers, bricks, scored concrete or scored and painted asphalt or applied
surface materials (e.g. bubbled runner mats) designed to enhance pedestrian safety and
comfort. Raised walkways may be installed if elevated six (6) inches with tapered side slopes
and meet ADA standards.
1330.060 1320.060 Industrial Centers/Business Parks
A. Industrial Buildings (for individual properties and parks)
Unless otherwise expressly stated, the material and color standards of this section apply to all
facades visible from a public or private streets or public areas of adjacent sites for allowable
uses in Chapter 570, "Permitted Uses". A sample of well-articulated industrial building façades is
shown in Figure 1300-1.
Figure 1300-1: Preferred Industrial Design

B. Façade Materials
1. All buildings and other structures must be constructed with brick, cementitious (i.e. Hardie)
panels, natural stone, architectural cast stone, EIFS (Exterior Insulation Finishing System),
glass, architecturally finished and integrally colored concrete masonry units, precast wall
panels that incorporate architectural treatment such as integral coloring and texture, or
other comparable, durable materials that are consistent with the purpose and intent of this
chapter and approved during site plan review process. The use of various materials to
produce effects of texture and relief is encouraged to produce diversity and visual interest
while reducing building scale.
2. Unfinished/treated concrete masonry units, unfinished/treated precast panels, metal siding,
and similar utility/economical grade materials may be allowed in service areas and on
exterior walls that are not generally visible from public or private streets or public areas of
adjacent sites unless otherwise stated. The use of metal siding as a primary material visible
from the street or public areas of adjacent sites must be approved through the conditional
rezoning process.

57
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 162162

Exhibit 1
C. Façade Colors
Facade colors must be low-reflectance, subtle, neutral or earth tone colors. Building trim and
accent areas may feature brighter colors, as approved during the site plan review process.
D. Building Articulation
The following standards seek to promote high-quality and creative development and shall apply
to all building facades and exterior walls that are visible from adjoining streets or properties.
Each business park should have a distinct architectural concept that is consistent in theme,
architecture details and the use of building materials. Buildings must include the following
features:
1. Facade offsets, modulation, indentations and architectural details occurring every 80 feet to
create clearly pronounced buildings and to avoid large, blank surfaces. Offsets or offsetting
details shall be a minimum of two (2) feet in width;
2. Screening of equipment and storage areas (if allowed) that is consistent with the primary
structure(s);
3. Reveals, projections, and changes in texture and color of wall surfaces;
4. Landscaping to soften building exteriors;
5. Varying building heights/massing and setbacks to define different functions such as offices
and warehouses;
6. Loading facilities shall not be located in front of the building or side facing a public street or
entryway and shall be located at the rear or side of the site; and
7. Architectural features that conceal rooftop equipment such as HVAC units, from public view.
All flat roof buildings must include parapet screening that includes variations to avoid long,
continuous planes. Roof line areas that are not visible from public or private streets or
public areas of adjacent sites, are not required to have parapets.
E. Entrances
Entrances to individual buildings shall create visual interest and be readily identifiable to visitors,
architecturally integrated within the overall building compositions, and shall incorporate at least
two (2) of the following design standards:
1. Overhangs and canopies;
2. Recesses/projections with raised parapets, gabled roof forms or arches;
3. Outdoor patios;
4. Architectural details such as tile work and moldings that are integrated into the building
structure and design; and
58
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 163163

Exhibit 1

5. Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for sitting.
Chapter 1340 Downtown Design Standards
The standards in this chapter apply to commercial, industrial, multifamily, and mixed-use developments
in the Downtown DCD and DTD zoning districts and supersedes any other design requirements outside
of this chapter.
1340.010 Goals
This chapter supports the following goals of the Indian Trail Downtown Master Plan:






Principle 1, Goal 1 – Promote high quality mixed commercial and housing products within the
downtown that caters to various income ranges.
Principle 2, Goal 1 – Using principles of complete streets, create bike corridors and pedestrian
linkages to parks, amenities, and downtown spaces
Principle 3, Goal 1 – Reconfigure Indian Trail Road, Matthews-Indian Trail Road, UnionvilleIndian Trail Road and the extension of Chestnut Parkway using Complete Streets principles. This
includes land adjustments and the inclusion of sidewalks, landscape, open space, sitting areas,
etc.
Principle 4, Goal 1 – Adopt changes to regulation and zoning to encourage density and eliminate
minimum parking requirements within downtown.

1340.020 Lot and Building Standards
See Chapter 560 Downtown Zoning Districts for detailed lot and building requirements.
1340.030 Open Space
See Chapter 640 Downtown Master Plan Districts for detailed lot and building requirements.
1340.040 Landscaping
See Chapter 8130 Downtown Districts Landscaping Standards for various landscaping requirements.
1340.050 Signage
See Section 9110.120 Monument Signs Along Indian Trail Road Downtown Corridor for monument sign
requirements.
1340.060 Downtown Furnishings
New nonresidential developments in the Downtown districts with pedestrian paths or gathering areas
(ex. a plaza) that is open to public access shall provide furnishings from the product designs specified in
the following products.

59
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 164164

Exhibit 1

A. Benches
Bench Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model Number: Northport Backless Bench
Length: 70 inches long
Color: Brackets = Matte Black, Slats = Aluminum

B. Bike Racks
Bike Rack Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model Number: Northport Backless Bench

Color: Matte Black

D. Trash Receptacles
Trash Receptacle Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model Number: Northport Litter
Style: Side Opening
Color: Container = Matte Black, Frame = Silver Metallic

60
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 165165

Exhibit 1
E. Streetlight, Primary (Primary Corridor)
Primary Streetlight Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model/Collection: Northport
Note: LED “Gas Lamp” element option not
permitted.
Height: Depends on area to be illuminated.
Color: Matte Black

F. Streetlight, Secondary (Secondary Corridor and Parking Lots Visible from Primary Corridors)
Secondary Streetlight Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model/Collection: Northport
Options: Square Poles, No LED “Gas Lamp” Element
Height: Various Options. Depends on area/surface
to be illuminated.
Color: Matte Black

G. Path Light
Path Light Specifications
Manufacturer: Landscape Forms
Model Number: Northport
Height: Various Options. Depends on path
size/surface to be illuminated.
Color: Matte Black

61
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 166166

Exhibit 1

DIVISION 1600 TERMINOLOGY AND MEASUREMENT
Chapter 1620 Definitions
1620.190 Definitions – “S”
Spandrel Glass
Glass to give the appearance of a real glass door or window, but it is treated to be opaque to hide the
view of any interior building structure or contents. Examples of the use of spandrel glass can be to
provide faux windows or doors on facades that are highly visible to the public and can provide glazing
over structural/mechanical spaces between floors to give the outside appearance of continuous glass
panels.

L. DEFINE GARAGE
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The current UDO does not provide a general description of a residential garage. The intent is to detail
that the items are only motor vehicles and other household items owned by the home occupants.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 1600 TERMINOLOGY AND MEASUREMENT
Chapter 1620 Definitions
1620.070 Definitions – “G”
Garage, Residential
A residential portion of a principal building or a detached accessory building designed to be used for the
storage of motor vehicles and other household items of the premises occupants.

62
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 167167

Exhibit 1

M. REMOVAL OF DOWNTOWN OVERLAY REFERENCES
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Staff discovered a few old Downtown overlay references still in the ordinance that need to be removed
since the three Downtown districts replaced the previous zoning and overlay.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 900 SIGNS
Chapter 9110 Freestanding and Ground Mounted Signs
9110.120 Monument Signs Along Indian Trail Road Downtown Corridor
The following requirements are only for monument signs along the Indian Trail Road from Hwy 74 to Old
Monroe Road and in the Downtown Overlay zoning districts. Sample images are provided in Figure 9001 below and an image summarizing the sign details are in Figure 900-2. The following requirements shall
apply:
A. [NO CHANGES TO A THRU F.]
DIVISION 1300 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN STANDARDS
Chapter 1310 Integrity and Design Standards
1310.070 Multi-Unit Apartment/Condo Buildings: Attached and Multi-Family
A. [NO CHANGES TO A THRU D, F THRU I, AND K.]
E. Building Design
The following standards apply to all building facades and exterior walls that are visible from
adjoining streets, properties or parking areas.
1. [NO CHANGES TO 1 THRU 5.]
6. For proposed buildings located within the Downtown Overlay zoning districts, exposed
stairwells, corridors, or breezeways shall not be permitted. In the event of conflict with the
design guidelines of the Downtown Master Plan the master plan shall apply.
J.

Open Space
1. General
a. [NO CHANGES TO a,c AND d.]
b. At least 15% of the gross acreage of the site (outside of Downtown Overlay zoning
districts) shall be set-aside for park, recreation, greenway, or open space sites to
serve the recreational needs of the residents of the subdivision or development A
63

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 168168

Exhibit 1
minimum of 10% of the gross acreage shall be set aside for sites within the
Downtown Overlay District zoning districts.
2. Design and Active Amenities
[NO CHANGES UNDER “2”.]

N. UPDATE TO DOWN-ZONING LANGUAGE FROM NEW LEGISLATION
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The proposed revisions are in response to new legislation passed changing G.S. 160D-601,(d).

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 300 DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES
Chapter 320 Zoning Map and Ordinance Text Amendments
320.020 Initiation of Amendments
An amendment to the text of this ordinance or to the zoning map or to the Town's comprehensive plan
may be initiated by the Town Council, the Planning and Zoning Board, the planning staff, or any other
interested person.
A. Down-Zoning
If an amendment to the zoning map or the ordinance proposes to down-zone property, the
request may only be initiated with by the landowner(s) written consent or the Town of the
landowners pursuant to G.S. 160D-601.(d) and S.L. 2019-111, Pt. I. A down-zoning is proposed
amendments that affect an area of land in the following ways:
1. Decreasing development density to less dense than previously allowed.
2. Reducing the permitted uses of the land to fewer uses than were previously allowed.
3. Creating any type of nonconformity on land not in a residential zoning district, including
nonconformities for use, lot, structure, improvement, or site elements.
B. Application Requirements
A rezoning/zoning map amendment application must include:
1. [A THRU F MOVED TO HERE AND NO CHANGES OTHER THAN NEW NUMBERING.]
A. [EXISTING A THRU F MOVED TO B. “APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS” ABOVE.]

64
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 169169

Exhibit 1

O. REMOVE CONDITIONAL ZONING REQUIREMENT FOR OPEN SPACE AND
CLUSTER SUBDIVISIONS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Residential Open Space and Cluster Developments are existing options provided in the UDO beyond the
standard Conventional Developments. The rationale is that if a proposed residential development meets
the UDO requirements provided and no rezoning is needed, no conditional zoning process is needed to
build by-right. Staff views Open Space and Cluster Developments in the same way but they are required
to go through a Conditional Zoning. This amendment removes the requirement for Conditional Zoning if
the UDO requirements can be met.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 500 BASE ZONING DISTRICTS
Chapter 520 Residential Districts
520.030 Development Types
Different development options are offered in the R districts as a way of promoting a wide variety of
housing options and lifestyle choices. The development options described in this section may be used at
the property owner’s election.
A. Conventional Development
“Conventional development” is a term used to describe lot-by-lot development on lots that have
been lawfully established. It is, in effect, any development that occurs outside of an approved
open space development, cluster development or master planned development. Lot and
building standards for conventional development can be found in Section 520.040 (Table 500-1).
B. Open Space Development
The open space development option allows smaller lots and other flexible lot and building
standards in exchange for the provision of common open space that is not typically provided in a
conventional development. An open space development shall be reviewed and approved in
accordance with Chapter 330 “Conditional Zoning District” and the requirements of DIVISION
1200. Lot and building standards for open space development can be found in Section 520.040
(Table 500-1). Additional open space development standards are included in the Subdivision
Review Chapter.
C. Cluster Development
The cluster development option allows even greater flexibility in exchange for the provisions of
a greater amount of common open space than required for open space developments. A cluster
development shall be reviewed and approved in accordance with Chapter 330 “Conditional
Zoning District” and the requirements of DIVISION 1200. Lot and building standards for cluster
development can be found in Section 520.040 (Table 500-1). Additional cluster development
standards are included in the Subdivision Review Chapter.

65
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 170170

Exhibit 1

DIVISION 800 LANDSCAPING
Chapter 840 Canopy Trees, Parking Lot Plantings, And Street Trees
840.010 Canopy Tree Planting Requirements
A. All developments subject to the tree save area requirements of Section 830.040.B that cannot
save the required amount of canopy through the preservation of existing trees will be required
to meet the canopy requirement through the planting of new canopy trees consistent with this
Section. The area of newly planted canopy trees will be calculated on the basis of the estimated
canopy at maturity as described in Section 830.040.D. (i.e. 1,600 square feet for large maturing
trees; 900 square feet for medium maturing trees; and 400 square feet for small maturing trees)
The minimum canopy tree cover shall be provided as follows:
Table 800-4: Minimum Canopy Tree Cover
Land Use Classification
Zoning District
MXD
CONDITIONAL ZONING
TND
DISTRICTS
Cluster and Open Space
Subdivision
MFR
SF-5
SF-4
SF-3
SF-2
RESIDENTIAL
SF-1
RSF
Cluster and Open Space
Subdivision in Any of the
Residential Districts

Minimum Tree Canopy
10%
10%
10%
15%
15%
15%
15%
20%
20%
20%
10%

Note: Only showing necessary portions of the table columns and rows to depict the changes.

B. [NO CHANGES HERE.]

P. REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICALLY FOR DOWNTOWN LANDSCAPING
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Landscaping requirements specifically for the new Downtown districts is currently very sparce. The new
sections and the incorporation of the existing section on downtown street trees will help to provide
guidance to provide a balance between attractive landscaping and the concentration of development in
the future development of Downtown.

66
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 171171

Exhibit 1
PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 800 LANDSCAPING
Chapter 810 Buffer Yards, Parking Lots and Street Frontages
810.010 Scope and Purpose
These regulations establish minimum requirements for buffer yards, perimeter landscaping, and parking
lot landscaping. The intent and purposes of these provisions include:
A. [NO CHANGES TO A THRU E.]
F. For areas located within the Downtown Core District (DCD) and Downtown Transition District
(DTD), refer to Chapter 8130.
810.030 Applicability
[NO CHANGES TO INTRO LANGUAGE AND FINAL NOTE AT THE END OF THE SECTION.]
A. [NO CHANGES TO A, B, C AND E.]
D. If a buffer yard is not required and the development does not trigger the parking lot landscaping
requirements of Section 810.120 "Parking Lot Landscaping", then perimeter landscaping
consistent with Section 810.180 "Perimeter Lot Line Landscaping Requirements" or street tree
plantings consistent with Section 810.190 8130.040 "Street Tree Planting in Downtown Districts"
will be required.
F. Buffer yards shall not be applicable in the Downtown Districts. Refer to Chapter 8130,
Downtown Landscaping Standards.
810.120 Parking Lot Landscaping
A. “…The Planning Director will make a determination as to whether trees required by Chapter
840, "Canopy Trees, Parking Lot Plantings, and Street Trees", of the Tree Ordinance are credited
toward the landscaping requirements for parking lot perimeters, interiors, or the landscaping
required adjacent to buildings.”
B. Interior parking lot landscaping requirements of Section 810.120 shall remain applicable within
the Downtown Districts unless otherwise modified by Chapter 8130.
810.190 Street Tree Planting in Downtown Districts [MOVED SECTION TO CHAPTER 8130.]
810.200 190 Coordination of Landscaping and Pedestrian Improvements
810.210 200 Maintenance and Irrigation of Landscaping

67
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 172172

Exhibit 1

Chapter 8130 810.190 Street Tree Planting in Downtown Districts Landscaping Standards
[REPLACES 810.190.]
8130.010 Purpose
The purpose of this Chapter is to establish landscaping standards for the Downtown Districts, Downtown
Core District (DCD) and Downtown Transition District (DTD), that:
A. Preserve the pedestrian-oriented character of the Downtown Districts.
B. Enhance the public realm, provide shade and visual interest, and ensure that landscaping is
incorporated where site conditions allow while preserving the traditional urban development
pattern characterized by buildings located on or near property lines.
C. Reduce the adverse impacts of more intense land uses upon adjacent residential areas and
other less intense land uses in the Downtown Districts.
D. Minimize the visual impact of surface parking lots, support downtown streetscape objectives,
and maintain an urban character that prioritizes buildings and public spaces over parking areas.
Landscaping requirements shall balance aesthetic enhancement with the compact development
pattern and constrained site conditions common within the Downtown Districts.
8130.020 Applicability
A. The standards of this section shall apply to all new principal buildings, redevelopment requiring
site plan approval, changes of use from residential to non-residential use, and expansions of
existing development within the Downtown Districts (DCD and DTD) unless otherwise exempted
herein.
B. Landscape strips or areas required by this Chapter may satisfy multiple requirements where the
Planning Director determines the landscaping fulfills the intent of each applicable standard.
C. This Chapter is intended to provide alternative landscaping requirements for properties located
within the Downtown Districts for buffer yards, perimeter landscaping of parking lots, perimeter
lot line landscaping, and street frontages. Where the provisions of Chapter 8130 conflict with
any requirement of Division 800, the provisions of Chapter 8130 shall govern. All provisions of
Division 800 not expressly modified or superseded by Chapter 8130 shall remain in full force and
effect.
8130.030 General Standards
A. Landscaping shall be integrated into site design in a manner that enhances the appearance of
streets, public spaces, parking areas, and building frontages.

68
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 173173

Exhibit 1
B. Landscaping required by this section may include street trees, planting strips, planter beds,
raised planters, tree grates, structural soil systems, or similar improvements approved by the
Planning Director.
C. Required landscaping shall be maintained in a healthy and growing condition and replaced when
dead, diseased, or significantly damaged. The Town recommended trees and shrubs list is found
in Chapter 1710, Appendix 1.
8130.040 810.190 Street Tree Planting in Downtown Districts [MOVED FROM 810.190 TO HERE.]
Street trees will be planted consistent with the requirements of Section 840.030 "Street Tree Planting
Requirements" of the Tree Ordinance except as provided herein for the Downtown Master Plan
Districts.
A. New construction Applicable properties within the Downtown Master Plan Districts must install
one (1) street or parkway tree for every 30 feet of lot frontage on a public or private street.
Street or parkway tree means a tree planted along a street, road, or thoroughfare either in the
sidewalk or in a landscaped area between the sidewalk and the curb. Figure 800-9 shows trees
planted in the parkway illustrates acceptable street tree planting locations within the
Downtown Districts, including parkway planting areas and sidewalk tree wells.
Figure 800-9: Trees will be planted in the sidewalk within the Downtown Districts Example of
Tree Planting in Sidewalk Tree Wells

Source: Metropolitan Design Center Image Bank; University of Minnesota

B. Street/parkway trees planted in the Downtown Master Plan Districts must have a minimum
caliper size of 2.5 inches at the time of planting.
C. No medium/large deciduous tree is required in any existing sidewalk or parkway that is less than
six (6) feet in width measured from the edge of the sidewalk to the curb, however, on these
smaller sidewalks small deciduous trees must be planted consistent with the recommendation
from the Town’s approved street tree list or as approved by the Planning Director of the Parks,
Greenway, and Tree Committee.
69
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 174174

Exhibit 1

D. All street/parkway trees must be installed in accordance with standard practices of horticultural
professionals and in a good and workmanlike manner and must be maintained by the property
owner in good condition for a period of not less than five (5) years prior to a final certificate of
compliance being issued. After the a five (5) year period, tree maintenance will be the
responsibility of the Town of Indian Trail trees located within public rights-of-way shall become
the responsibility of the Town upon acceptance.
8130.050 Side Yard Landscaping
A. Buildings Constructed to Side Property Line
Where a principal building is constructed with a zero-foot (0') side setback directly on a side
property line, no side landscape strip shall be required along the portion of the side property
line occupied by the building; however, the Planning Director may require screening of service
areas, mechanical equipment, loading areas, refuse collection areas, or other mitigation
measures consistent with the intent of this Chapter and reasonably related to reducing impacts
on adjacent properties.
B. Buildings Not Constructed to Side Property Line
Where a principal building is not constructed to a side property line and a side setback is
provided, a landscape strip shall be installed as follows:
Figure 800-99: Example of Side Landscape Strip

1. A minimum three-foot (3') wide landscape
strip shall be provided along the side
property line for the length of the building
setback area. If a building is not
constructed with a zero-foot (0') side
setback directly on a side property line but
is placed with less than the minimum threefoot (3') wide landscape strip on the side
property line, Section A above shall apply.
2. The landscape strip shall contain:

Source: Google Maps, 301 & 303 S. Indian Trail Road

a. A combination of shrubs (not less than 24 inches tall at the time of installation and
planted not more than three (3) feet apart); and,
b. One of the following:
(1) Ornamental grasses, groundcover, perennial plantings, or other approved
plant material.
3. One understory tree (small, maturing deciduous tree) shall be planted for every thirty (30)
linear feet, or fraction thereof. If existing vegetation is in an area where a tree should be
planted in the side landscape strip, the new tree planting shall be relocated where sufficient
growing area exists.

70
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 175175

Exhibit 1
4. Alternative treatments, including decorative planters, green walls, vine trellises, or similar
urban landscape features, may be approved by the Planning Director where utility conflicts,
fire access requirements, or site constraints make installation of a continuous planting strip
impractical.
C. Side Yard Landscaping Adjacent to Residential Uses
Where a side property line of a lot within the Downtown Districts abuts a residential zoning
district or existing residential use and a side yard setback is provided, the required side yard
landscaping shall include:
1. A minimum three-foot (3') landscape strip; and
2. One of the following:
a. A continuous hedge capable of attaining a minimum height of six feet (6') within
three (3) years of planting.
b. A decorative masonry wall, architectural fence, or comparable screening feature
meeting the requirements of Section 710.050 Fences and Walls.
c. A combination of landscaping and fencing that achieves an equivalent level of visual
screening and compatibility.
The screening area shall be designed to soften views of buildings, parking areas, loading areas,
refuse collection areas, mechanical equipment, outdoor storage, and other service functions
from adjacent residential properties.
8130.060 Perimeter Landscaping of Parking Lots in Downtown Districts
A. Parking Lot Frontage Screening
1. Where a parking lot is located between a public street and a principal building, or where a
parking lot directly abuts public street frontage, a landscaped screening area shall be
provided along the street-facing edge of the parking lot.
2. The screening area shall consist of one of the following:
a. A minimum three-foot (3') wide landscaped planting strip containing shrubs,
ornamental grasses, and other plant materials capable of achieving an average
height of thirty-six inches (36") within three (3) years; or
b. A decorative masonry wall, decorative metal fence with landscaping, raised planter,
or similar streetscape element providing equivalent screening of parked vehicles.
3. Screening shall be designed to obscure headlights and reduce views of parked vehicles from
adjacent sidewalks while maintaining adequate sight distance for motorists and pedestrians.
4. Frontage Tree Planting
Where a landscaped planting strip or screening is provided pursuant to Section
71
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 176176

Exhibit 1
8130.060(A)(2), one (1) understory tree shall be planted for every thirty (30) linear feet, or
fraction thereof, of the parking lot frontage screening area (see Town recommended trees
and shrubs list is found in Chapter 1710, Appendix 1).
a. Required trees may be located within the planting strip, adjacent landscape areas,
or other portions of the site frontage where sufficient growing area exists, as
determined by the Planning Director.
b. Trees required by this subsection shall not be required where the Planning Director
determines that the required tree location would conflict with street or parkway
trees installed pursuant to Section 8130.040, utility infrastructure, sight-distance
requirements, driveways, pedestrian access, or other site constraints.
c. Street or parkway trees installed pursuant to Section 8130.040 may satisfy the tree
requirement of this subsection when the Planning Director determines that such
trees provide equivalent canopy and streetscape benefits.
B. Side and Rear Perimeter Landscaping
1. Parking lots adjacent to a side or rear property line shall provide a minimum three-foot (3')
landscape strip along the parking lot perimeter.
2. The landscape strip shall contain a combination of:
a. Shrubs, ornamental grasses, and other plant materials capable of achieving an
average height of thirty-six inches (36") within three (3) years; and,
b. One understory tree shall be planted for every thirty (30) linear feet, or fraction
thereof. If existing vegetation is in an area where a tree should be planted in the
side or rear landscape strip, the new tree planting shall be relocated where
sufficient growing area exists, as determined by the Planning Director.
3. Where the parking lot abuts a residential zoning district or existing residential use, the
perimeter landscape strip shall include a screening element meeting one of the following
standards:
a. A continuous hedge capable of attaining a height of six feet (6') within three (3)
years;
b. A decorative masonry wall, architectural fence, or comparable screening feature
meeting the requirements of Section 710.050 Fences and Walls; or
c. A combination of landscaping and fencing that provides equivalent screening.
8130.070 Screening of Mechanical and Utility Equipment in Downtown Districts
A. General
All ground (air conditioners, heat pumps, etc.) and wall (antennas, meters, pipes, vents, etc.)
mounted mechanical or other utility equipment must be fully screened from view from any
adjacent public or private street, public sidewalk, or publicly accessible open space using
features such as green screens (vines wrapping a metal screen), fences, false facades or dense
72
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 177177

Exhibit 1
landscaping. Consider site topography in design for rooftop equipment screening and adjust
accordingly. For example, if a portion of the perimeter road is elevated so more of the rooftop
equipment is visible even though the parapet or screen on the roof is adequate from the ground
view adjacent to the building, the height of the parapet or screen on the roof should be
increased.
B. Standards
When landscaping is used it should have a minimum height of four (4) feet at the time of
installation and should achieve a minimum 90% opacity within two (2) years. Landscaping
screening must follow any minimum clearance requirements recommended by the
manufacturer and/or utility entity.
C. Post Site Plan Review Approval Additions or Relocations
If there are any additions or relocations of mechanical and utility equipment after the site
construction plans are approved by Indian Trail, a proposed drawing with revisions to the
approved plan (RTAP) shall be submitted to the Planning Department for review.
8130.080 Landscaping Adjacent to Buildings in Downtown Districts
Exterior building walls adjacent to parking lots, driving aisles, or public sidewalks that are visible from a
public or private right-of-way must be improved with a landscaped buffer strip at least three (3) feet in
width. Where the exterior building façade provides public access to the building and is adjacent to a
surface parking lot and/or a driving aisle there shall be a combined landscape strip and walkway with a
width of at least eight (8) feet. This requirement may be modified pursuant to Section 8130.090.
8130.090 Flexibility for Downtown Conditions
The Planning Director may modify the screening requirements or dimensional requirements of this
Chapter where existing site conditions, easements, utility conflicts, access requirements, shared parking
arrangements, redevelopment of existing lots, fire access requirements, historic development patterns
or the preservation of significant trees make strict compliance impracticable, provided the proposed
alternative achieves the intent of buffering and compatibility between downtown and residential
development or the alternative design achieves the intent of screening parking areas and enhancing the
downtown streetscape. Such modification requests must be reviewed and approved by the Planning
Director based on criteria subsection B prior to implementation of plans to be reviewed or revised.
A. Recognizing the unique urban form and constrained lot conditions within the Downtown
Districts, the Planning Director may approve alternative compliance measures that achieve the
intent of this section, including:
1. Enhanced streetscape planters;
2. Decorative raised planting beds;
3. Green walls or living screens;
4. Structural soil systems supporting street trees;

73
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 178178

Exhibit 1
5. Public plaza landscaping; or
6. Other equivalent landscape treatments that contribute to the pedestrian environment and
urban character of Downtown.
B. The Planning Director may approve a modification only upon finding that:
1. Strict compliance is impracticable;
2. The alternative design achieves the intent of this Chapter;
3. The modification will not adversely impact adjacent properties or the public realm;
4. The applicant has submitted sufficient evidence demonstrating that site conditions make
strict compliance impracticable.

Q. UPDATE TO CAMPAIGN/ELECTION SIGNS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
The revisions here update the section of UDO to match current requirements in G.S. § 136-32.
Regulation of Signs.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 900 SIGNS
Chapter 940 Signs Not Requiring a Permit
940.070 Campaign and Election Signs
Campaign and election signs provided that:
A. Each sign shall not exceed 20 6 square feet in area.
B. All such signs may be erected no sooner than 45 days in advance of the 30th day before the
beginning date of early voting in the election for which they were made, and the period ends on
the 10th day after the election per G.S. 136-32. “Regulation of signs”.
C. All such signs shall be removed within seven (7) days after the election for which they were
made.
D. Signs may be placed within Town or State roadway right-of-ways. No sign shall be placed on any
curb, sidewalk, post, pole, hydrant, bridge, tree, or other surface located on, over, or across any
public street or right-of-way.

74
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 179179

Exhibit 1
E. Thirty days after the end of the posting period mentioned in “B.” above, any such sign in a rightof-way is deemed unlawful and may be removed and discarded.
F. Sign Placement
The person posting the sign must obtain permission of any property owner of a residence,
business, or religious institution fronting the right-of-way where a sign would be erected and
must meet the following placement requirements:
1. Must not place in the right-of-way of a fully controlled access highway.
2. Must not place any closer than three (3) feet from the edge of the pavement of the road.
3. Must not obscure motorist visibility at an intersection.
4. Must not be higher than 42 inches above the edge of the pavement of the road.

R. CLARIFICATION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT ALLOWING STORMWATER
RETENTION STRUCTURE ENCROACHMENT INTO LANDSCAPE BUFFERS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
Staff has experienced several incidents where the engineered BMP pond structures encroach into
required landscape buffers or tree save areas. This group of revisions provides clarification on exactly
where the BMP pond structures end, where landscape required areas exist, and that encroachment will
not be permitted.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 800 LANDSCAPING
Chapter 810 Buffer Yards, Parking Lots and Street Frontages
810.040 Landscape Buffer Yards
A buffer yard is required at the edge or boundary of a parcel or development site that is adjacent to a
less intensive land use.
A. Buffers must be improved with trees, shrubs, ground covers, and screening but the Planning
Director may also permit buffer yards to be occupied by stormwater retention areas provided
such stormwater retention facilities are meet the following setbacks for one (or both) of the
retention designs below, at least 10 feet from any property line and provided such retention
areas incorporate state of the art improvements (e.g. wet pond fountains with circulations
systems or rain gardens) that make the facilities a significant amenity to the development.
Stormwater detention areas shall not occupy required landscape buffers.
1. For an Above-ground Retention Design as shown below in Figure 810-A, the outside toe of
slope of the above-ground facility shall be located a minimum distance of at least 10 feet
75
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 180180

Exhibit 1
away from any property line. Within the buffer yard (shown as landscape buffer yard), trees
and screening are required and will consist of the following:
a. Trees planted in this area must be small deciduous and ornamental trees planted at
an average rate of one (1) tree for every 20 linear feet of buffer with the maximum
distance between two (2) trees of 40 feet; and
b. A solid evergreen hedge to be placed between the taller elements required below
and the adjacent property line with shrubs every 3 feet on center (“O.C.”).
Figure 810-A: Above-ground Retention Design, NTS

2. For a Below-ground Retention Design as shown below in Figure 810-B, the finished grade
(also shown as the 10-foot maintenance access) shall be located a minimum distance of at
least 10 feet away from any property line. Within the buffer yard (shown as landscape
buffer yard), trees and screening are required and will consist of the following:
a. Trees planted in this area must be small deciduous and ornamental trees planted at
an average rate of one (1) tree for every 20 linear feet of buffer with the maximum
distance between two (2) trees of 40 feet; and
b. A solid evergreen hedge to be placed between the taller elements required below
and the adjacent property line with shrubs every 3 feet on center (“O.C.”).

76
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 181181

Exhibit 1

Figure 810-B: Below-ground Retention Design, NTS

B. [NO CHANGES TO B THRU E.]

S. REMOVE ALL SCHOOL DATA REQUEST REQUIREMENTS
REASON FOR PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
At the Town Council hearing to remove the School Impact Study and replace it with the School Capacity
Report, Town Council requested that Staff bring back a new proposal to totally delete the School
Capacity Report language as well. Town Council’s wish is to not risk placing too much emphasis on one
single issue, such as school capacity or transportation, when considering new project proposals.

PROPOSED ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS
DIVISION 300 DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES
Chapter 330 Conditional Zoning Districts
330.030 Staff Reviews
A. Technical Review Committee
The TRC shall review and comment on the proposed project to ensure all of the Town
ordinances are being complied with. Once the TRC comments are addressed and the project is
resubmitted the community meeting may be scheduled.
B. School Capacity Report
For proposed residential projects consisting of fifty (50) lots/units or more, staff will reach out to
77
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 182182

Exhibit 1
the Union County Public Schools district to request a report on capacity for the applicable
schools as required in UDO Chapter 13140.
380.040 Review Comments, Responses and Approvals
A. Review Comments
[NO CHANGES TO TEXT HERE.]
B. School Capacity Report
A school capacity report for residential developments of fifty (50) lots/units or greater as
required in UDO Chapter 13140 must be requested by staff from the Union County Public
Schools district unless previously submitted through the rezoning approval process.
B. C. Approval by Planning Director
[NO CHANGES TO TEXT HERE.]
C. D. Expiration of Approval
[NO CHANGES TO TEXT HERE.]
DIVISION 1100 SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS
Chapter 1110 General Provisions
1110.080 School Capacity Report
Staff must request a School Capacity Report, typically in the form of an email, from the Union County
Public Schools’ Facilities Department for single-family and multifamily residential development
applications consisting of 50-lots/units or more.
A. Minimum Study Requirements
School capacity reports typically provide the school names in the attendance area between
primary school and twelfth (12th) grades, each of those school’s percentage rated capacity, total
residential units contributing to each relative attendance area, and any advisory comments or
disclaimers the Facilities Department wishes to pass along to the Town.
B. Submittal
Staff must submit a school capacity report within the conditional rezoning staff report
corresponding to the proposed residential development. If the residential development is not
associated with the conditional rezoning application, the report must be attached in the Town’s
review software system corresponding to the proposed residential development.
C. Exceptions
Nursing care or skilled care facility uses are exempt from the requirements of UDO Chapter
13140.
This concludes the proposed additions and revisions to the UDO.
*********************************************************************************

78
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 183183

Town of Indian Trail
MEMO
To:

Mayor & Town Council

From:

Todd Huntsinger, Director of Engineering

Meeting Date:

October 13, 2026

Subject:

Partnership for Old Monroe/Hayes Road Intersection

GENERAL INFORMATION
As stated to Council at the September 8th Council Meeting; the Town reached out to NCDOT and Union County
to see if it’s possible for both agencies to provide some funding for the Old Monroe Road/Hayes Road/Faircroft
Way intersection.
Staff will be presenting an update on these discussions.
.
REQUESTED ACTION
Possible Action Requested

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

PO Box 2430 . Indian Trail . North Carolina . 28079 . (704) 821-5401 .

Page 184184

Town of Indian Trail
MEMO
To:

Mayor & Town Council

From:

Todd Huntsinger, Director of Engineering

Meeting Date:

October 13, 2026

Subject:

Indian Trail Complete Street Ph 2 – Additional Design Work

GENERAL INFORMATION
This project has been sitting idle for some time due to not wanting to start the utility coordination (power, phone, etc.)
while we were dealing with them on the Phase 1 section of Indian Trail Road. Putting this project on delay has caused
some engineering related items in the design to need updating due to NCDOT standards having changed.
Another factor that causes to add additional funding to the project, is the coordination effort with Union County Schools
with their proposed new entrance along Indian Trail Road for Indian Trail Elementary. There are some other items that
will be discussed as well during this request by staff to provide this additional funding.
Staff recommends Council approve this additional scope and funds for this project.
ATTACHMENT
RSH Proposal
Revised CIP Ordinance
REQUESTED ACTION
Requesting Council’s approval

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

PO Box 2430 . Indian Trail . North Carolina . 28079 . (704) 821-5401 .

Page 185185

October 1, 2026
Scope of Services for the Indian Trail Road Complete Streets Phase II Supplement

Scope of Services
The Indian Trail Phase II project was paused in 2024 at the Town of Indian Trail’s request. The 25%
Roadway Plans and Redline Drainage Plans were approved before the project suspension. The Town has
requested RS&H resume design with a new tentative Let date of January 2028. While the existing contract
with the Town is still active and includes scope up to final plans, a supplemental is requested for project
resumption tasks and additional out-of-scope items. This scope also includes updated environmental
permitting tasks which will nullify and replace the environmental permitting laid out in the original scope.
Those items are explained in detail below or in an attached document.


A: Project Resumption Tasks - $72,435

Additional scope is requested to restart the project design, as outlined below:
o

o

o

Project Review
 Due to the length of the suspension of the project, the design team will review the
plans and prior coordination efforts to refamiliarize themselves with the project
and develop a plan to move the design forward.
Administration & Coordination
 The project was originally scoped to Let in 2023 and is now tentatively scheduled
for Let in January 2028. Supplemental scope is requested for additional meetings,
coordination efforts, schedule adjustments, and invoicing tasks, running from
October 2025 – January 2028 (28 months).
Upgrade project to 2024 NCDOT Roadway Standards


RS&H will revise the plans, design, and pay items to meet the latest NCDOT 2024
standards, updated from the previously used 2018 standards.



Revisions are required for Roadway, Hydraulics/Erosion Control, Traffic Control,
and Pavement Markings/Signing.



B: Additional Tasks - $27,943
In addition to the project resumption tasks listed above, RS&H requests additional scope for the
following:
o

Roadway


Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Indian Trail Elementary School Driveway

Page 186186



RS&H will revise the design to account for a new driveway and entrance for
the Indian Trail Elementary School based on their future improvement plan.



Chestnut Park New Road Connection


Coordinate Indian Trail Road design with Chestnut Park Access Road
Connection



Design Exception


Developed a design exception package for Indian Trail Road vertical
design.



Additional Cost Estimate


o

RS&H performed a cost estimate on the 25% plans.

Hydraulics/Erosion Control


Culvert Cost Estimate


RS&H performed and provided a high-level construction cost estimate for
the modified culvert located on Indian Trail Road.



Indian Trail Elementary School Driveway


Adjust drainage design to account for updated location of the Indian Trail
Elementary School driveway and entrance.

o

Traffic Control


Indian Trail Elementary School Crossings


RS&H will design and evaluate different school crossing locations along
Indian Trail Road for the Indian Trail Elementary School.

Additional phases and/or steps will be added for pedestrian phasing and
detours.
Pavement Markings/Signing


o



RS&H will revise pavement marking design linework, required signage, and station
offset labeling based on Roadway and Drainage updates and additional school
crossing.



C: Utility Coordination Updated Rates – $10,828



D: Utility Construction Plans – $87,416
o



See Attached

E: Environmental Tasks– $17,988
o

See Attached

Total = $216,610

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 187187

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

ORDINANCE #099

TOWN OF INDIAN TRAIL

AMENDMENT TO CAPITAL PROJECT ORDINANCE #18 FOR
INDIAN TRAIL ROAD COMPLETE STREET PHASE 2
WHEREAS, the Town of Indian Trail desires to promote safe and efficient motor vehicle movement in the
Town; and
WHEREAS, certain grant funding to accomplish this goal is available and has been approved for the Town
of Indian Trail,
BE IT ORDAINED by Town Council of the Town of Indian Trail, North Carolina, that, pursuant to Section
13.2 of Chapter 159 of the General Statutes of North Carolina, the following capital project ordinance is
hereby adopted:
SECTION 1. The project authorized is the Indian Trail Road Complete Street Phase 2.
SECTION 2. The officers of the Town are hereby directed to proceed with the capital project within the
terms of the grant documents and budget contained herein.
SECTION 3. The following amount is appropriated for this project:

Design

Total:

CPO #018
$720,000

CPO #099
$936,610

$720,000

$936,610

SECTION 4. The following revenues are anticipated to complete this project:
Town’s Portion – Design (Debt Service)

$936,610

Total:

$936,610

SECTION 5. The Finance Director is hereby directed to maintain within the capital project fund sufficient
detailed accounting records to satisfy the requirements of an annual independent audit. The terms of the
bond resolution also shall be met.

O210209-348

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

1

Page 188188

SECTION 6. Funds may be advanced from the General Fund for the purpose of making payments as due.
SECTION 7. The Finance Director is directed to report, on a quarterly basis, on the financial status of the
project element in Section 3 and on the total revenues received or claimed.
SECTION 8. The Budget Officer is directed to include a detailed analysis of past and future costs and
revenues on the capital project in every budget submission made to this Council.
SECTION 9. Any unexpended funds appropriated shall be reserved by the Town Council for use as
provided by applicable law or regulation.
SECTION 10. The Finance Director is authorized from time to time to transfer as a loan from the General
Fund in an amount necessary to meet obligations until such time as funding is received. When Funds are
received, repayments to the General Fund may be made.
SECTION 11. Copies of this capital project ordinance shall be made available to the Clerk and the Finance
Director for direction in carrying out this project.
ADOPTED BY THE TOWN COUNCIL this the __________ day of _________________________,
2026.

_______________________________
David Cohn, Mayor
Attest:

________________________________
Trena Wiggins, Town Clerk

2
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 189189

Town of Indian Trail
MEMO
To:

Mayor & Town Council

From:

Todd Huntsinger, Director of Engineering

Meeting Date:

October 13, 2026

Subject:

Stinson Hartis/Younts/IT-Fairview Road Project Ordinance

GENERAL INFORMATION
The Town Council authorized moving forward with this capital project at the October 22, 2024, Council meeting. Staff
has been waiting on funding to be available per CRTPO’s Discretionary Fund Program.
Based on that project approval, this Capital Improvement Ordinance is required per NC Statute 159-13.2.
.
Breakdown of the costs for the project is below:
PROJECT
DESCRIPTIONS

TOTAL
COST

FEDERAL
(50%)

TOWN
(50%)

IT-Fairview/S. Hartis/Younts Intersection

$10,462,768

$5,231,384

$5,231,384

ATTACHMENTS
CIP Ordinance
Budget Amendment
REQUESTED ACTION
Requesting Council’s approval

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

PO Box 2430 . Indian Trail . North Carolina . 28079 . (704) 821-5401 .

Page 190190

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
TOWN OF INDIAN TRAIL

ORDINANCE #100

CAPITAL PROJECT ORDINANCE FOR
INDIAN TRAIL-FAIRVIEW RD/STINSON HARTIS RD/YOUNTS RD
INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS
WHEREAS, the Town of Indian Trail desires to promote safe and efficient motor vehicle movement in the
Town; and
WHEREAS, certain grant funding to accomplish this goal is available and has been approved for the Town
of Indian Trail,
BE IT ORDAINED by Town Council of the Town of Indian Trail, North Carolina, that, pursuant to Section
13.2 of Chapter 159 of the General Statutes of North Carolina, the following capital project ordinance is
hereby adopted:
SECTION 1. The project authorized is the Indian Trail-Fairview Rd/Stinson Hartis Rd/Younts Rd
Intersection Improvements.
SECTION 2. The officers of the Town are hereby directed to proceed with the capital project within the
terms of the grant documents and budget contained herein.
SECTION 3. The following amount is appropriated for this project:
Current Budget
Design
Utility Relocation
Right of Way
Construction

$2,247,500
$152,000
$565,610
$7,497,658
Total:

$10,462,768

SECTION 4. The following revenues are anticipated to complete this project:
CRTPO Grant
Debt Service/Capital Reserve

$5,231,384
$5,231,384
Total:

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

$10,462,768

Page 191191

SECTION 5. The Finance Director is hereby directed to maintain within the capital project fund sufficient
detailed accounting records to satisfy the requirements of an annual independent audit. The terms of the
bond resolution also shall be met.
SECTION 6. Funds may be advanced from the General Fund for the purpose of making payments as due.
SECTION 7. The Finance Director is directed to report, on a quarterly basis, on the financial status of the
project element in Section 3 and on the total revenues received or claimed.
SECTION 8. The Budget Officer is directed to include a detailed analysis of past and future costs and
revenues on the capital project in every budget submission made to this Council.
SECTION 9. Any unexpended funds appropriated shall be reserved by the Town Council for use as
provided by applicable law or regulation.
SECTION 10. The Finance Director is authorized from time to time to transfer as a loan from the General
Fund in an amount necessary to met obligations until such time as funding is received. When Funds are
received, repayments to the General Fund may be made.
SECTION 11. Copies of this capital project ordinance shall be made available to the Clerk and the Finance
Director for direction in carrying out this project.
ADOPTED BY THE TOWN COUNCIL this the ______ day of ________________, 2026.

_______________________________
David Cohn, Mayor
Attest:

________________________________
Trena Wiggins, Town Clerk

2
Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 192192

TOWN OF INDIAN TRAIL
REVENUE TO BUDGET AMENDMENT REQUEST
Town of Indian Trail
Revenue to Budget Amendment

Expenditure
Account Number
44-00-8180-599-000
44-00-8180-599-001
44-00-8180-599-002
44-00-8180-599-003

Revenue
Account Number

Account
Description

Date

DEPARTMENT

Design
Utility Relocation
Right of Way
Construction
44-00-3811-330-000 CRTPO Grant
44-00-3983-980-000 Transfer from Debt Service/Capital Reserve

10/13/2026
S
Hartis/Younts Road Intersection
Improvement Project
Amount
2,247,500.00
152,000.00
565,610.00
7,497,658.00

10,462,768.00
EXPLANATION:
Capital Project Budget for IT Fairview/Younts/Stinson Hartis Intersection Improvement Project $10,462,768
(50% CRTPO, 50% Local Funds)

Amount

5,231,384.00
5,231,384.00

10,462,768.00

REQUESTED BY: Finance
FINANCE:
TOWN MANAGER:
For Finance Dept Only:
EFFECTIVE DATE:___________________JOURNAL NO. ASSIGNED: ____________________
FISCAL YEAR:_______________________ENTERED: __________________________________
PERIOD: ____________________________DATE: ______________________________________

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 193193

Town of Indian Trail
MEMO
To:

Mayor & Town Council

From:

Todd Huntsinger, Director of Engineering

Meeting Date:

October 13, 2026

Subject:

Chestnut Square Park Drive Improvements –
Amended CIP Ordinance

GENERAL INFORMATION

Staff is requesting Council to approve adding additional funds to this project in order to contract with ECS Southeast,
LLC. to perform material testing and some observation oversite. The cost for these services amounts to $11,832.00.
Staff recommends Council approve adding these additional funds to the construction portion of the CIP Ordinance
attached.
ATTACHMENT
Consultant Proposal
Revised CIP Ordinance
REQUESTED ACTION
Requesting Council’s approval

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

PO Box 2430 . Indian Trail . North Carolina . 28079 . (704) 821-5401 .

Page 194194

ECS Southeast, LLC
Proposal for Construction Materials Testing Services and Special Inspections
Chestnut Square Park Access Road
Indian Trail, Union County, North Carolina
ECS Proposal Number 08:32719PR
September 17, 2026

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

Page 195195

ECS SOUTHEAST, LLC

Mr. Todd Huntsinger
Town of Indian Trail
P.O Box 2430
Indian Trail, North Carolina 28079
Reference:

September 17, 2026

Proposal for Construction Materials Testing Services and Special Inspections
Chestnut Square Park Access Road
Indian Trail, North Carolina
ECS Proposal Number 08:32719PR

Dear Mr. Huntsinger:
ECS Southeast, LLC (ECS) appreciates this opportunity and is pleased to present this proposal for
Construction Materials Testing (CMT) and Special Inspections Services for the above referenced project.
We have formulated a scope of service based on our understanding of the project, our experience
performing similar services throughout the Charlotte Metropolitan area, and our review of the project
documents provided to us.
Our 38 years of experience in the area helps us provide efficient, cost-effective CMT and engineering
consulting services. Additionally, our automated Field Reporting and Electronic Distribution (FRED) system
provides efficient reporting of our services. Our FRED system is a completely digital method of information
transmittal that is quick, efficient and accurate. Using a hand-held tablet, our Field Technicians write their
reports on site and transmit them to our office. The Project Manager/Principal Engineer then reviews the
report before it is automatically sent to you via email, within hours of completion. These reports can also
be faxed or mailed as needed. Everyday construction problems in the field can be resolved quickly by the
project engineer, thus saving the client time and money.
Our Charlotte branch is the second largest in our firm and staffed with over 100 employees consisting of
more than 35 professional engineers and EITs, geologists, project managers, certified welding and NDT
inspectors, special inspectors, and laboratory and field technicians. Additionally, we are fully accredited
by AMRL in accordance with ASTM E329 in materials testing and special inspections.
We feel certain that ECS can offer unparalleled service and value to your project. If you have any questions
or comments regarding our proposal, please contact us at 704.525.5152. We look forward to hearing from
you.
Respectfully,
ECS SOUTHEAST, LLC
Dwight “DJ” Pakan, P.E.
CMT Dept. Manager

ECS Proposal # 08-22248P
Page | 2Packet 10-13-26
Agenda

Walid M. Sobh, P.E.
Senior Principal Engineer

Page 196196

September 17, 2026

ECS SOUTHEAST, LLC

PROJECT UNDERSTANDING
The proposed project is the construction of a new access roadway to the Chestnut Square Park located in
Indian Trail, Union County, North Carolina. The new proposed roadway will connect the existing parking
lot to Indian Trail Road along the Southern portion of the park. The 800 linear foot full depth asphalt
roadway will include the installation of a culvert. Anticipated fill depths at the culvert are approximately
7 feet in height. Culvert walls are anticipated to utilize a reinforced precast concrete design. Based on our
discussions with Todd Huntsinger, we understand that ECS is pre-qualified for this scope of work and the
Mini-Brooks Act does not apply. In addition, according to our discussions ECS does not anticipate asphalt
coring will be required for our QA services.
**This proposal has been revised following our discussions with you on 9/16/2026.**
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Based on our review of the civil drawings dated 7/2/2026, we anticipate providing the following
construction materials testing and Special Inspections services:
Soils (1705.6):
1. Perform Dynamic Cone Penetrometer testing to document materials below shallow
foundations are adequate to support the design bearing capacity.
2. Document excavations are extended to proper depth and have reached proper materials
3. Perform classification and testing of compacted fill materials.
4. Perform testing and observations during placement and compaction of the fill material to
document lift thickness, material type, and compaction efforts comply with the approved
report.
5. Observe conditions of excavation subgrades prior to foundation preparation or fill placement,
including proofrolling and other testing of subgrades.
6. Perform appropriate laboratory testing on materials proposed for use as backfill in general
accordance with project specifications.
Additional services not included in our cost of services for this project:
•
•

Observe undercutting operations to document removal of unsuitable materials including debris, trash, muck,
problem clays or stones with a maximum dimension greater than 6 inches.
Observe foundation drainage and drainage materials and report compliance with the Contract Documents and the
manufacturer's recommendations.

Asphalt Paving:
1. Observe proofrolling of subgrades, and provide recommendations for corrective actions at
excessively soft areas prior to placement of subbase course.
2. Observe placement of subbase course and perform appropriate in-place density tests as
indicated in the project documents and specifications.
3. Observe placement, rolling operations and temperature of paving mixture at time of
placement.
4. Perform appropriate tests to document asphalt density.
ECS Proposal # 08:32719P
Page | 3Packet 10-13-26
Agenda

Page 197197

September 17, 2026

ECS SOUTHEAST, LLC

ESTIMATED FEE
Based on our experience and assumptions, our estimated fee for providing the services mentioned above
will be on the order of $11,832. A spreadsheet summarizing our anticipated scope of services and
durations is attached for your review. During the preparation of this proposal, we reviewed the civil
drawings dated 7/2/2026.
We have based this estimate on an assumed duration equivalent to 14 site visits of on-call testing services
and professional and administrative support. These services are not full time, on-site observations unless
otherwise noted herein, are required by project documents or building code, or shown as such on the
attached cost estimate. Any services in addition to those outlined in this proposal will be billed in
accordance with the unit rate schedule provided. Should a construction schedule be provided, we will
be happy to review and revise our estimate accordingly.
Our actual fee may be greater or less than the estimate based upon actual quantities calculated using the
enclosed schedule of rates. Additional site visits for specific tasks of retesting failed tests or technician
hours in excess of 8 hours per day have not been included in our fee estimate. It is our understanding that
the required services have been included in our unit price list and accounted for in our fee estimate.
Should supplemental services be deemed necessary at a later date, they will be invoiced at the rate noted
on the fee schedule in effect at that time, unless otherwise agreed upon in advance. The unit prices listed
herein shall remain as stated throughout the project.
The services described above will be rendered portal-to-portal from our office. Our unit rates are based
on a normal 8-hour workday, Monday through Friday. Overtime beyond 8 hours/day, outside of the hours
of 7:30 am and 5:30 pm, and on Saturday, Sunday and Holidays will be invoiced at a rate of 1.5 times the
normal hourly rate indicated above. Overnight, weekend, and holiday services will be charged a four (4)
hour overtime minimum.
UNDERSTANDING CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING
Construction Materials Testing (CMT) services is performed to help provide the project’s contractors,
designers, owners, and local code officials have some indication of the level of compliance obtained by
the installing contractors with the project specification. These services are provided at intervals defined
by the project specifications and/or by the applicable building code. Test locations for most materials (i.e.,
soils, concrete, fireproofing, etc.) are generally based upon a percentage or area as such not all materials
incorporated into a construction project are tested or observed.
The greater the testing frequency, the higher the confidence level that the test results are representative
of other untested areas, however, no amount of testing can assure 100% compliance. Testing and
observations provided by ECS do not relieve the installing contractors from their obligation to install all
materials in accordance with the applicable project plans and specifications. ECS makes a reasonable
effort to test in accordance with the applicable project requirements and identify areas of materials that
may not comply with the project specifications. However, due to the periodic and random nature of our
testing, we cannot guarantee that all materials have been installed in accordance with the specifications.

ECS Proposal # 08:32719P
Page | 4Packet 10-13-26
Agenda

Page 198198

September 17, 2026

ECS SOUTHEAST, LLC

The responsibility to correct or remediate non-complying conditions, even non-complying conditions
discovered after testing or during subsequent phases of construction remains solely with the installing
contractors.
REPORTING, BILLING, COMMUNICATION, AND CONTRACT CONDITIONS
You will be issued daily field reports and laboratory test reports as part of our service. Because our
reporting systems are fully computerized, we are generally able to submit field reports and laboratory
results within 48 hours of testing. If deficiencies in procedures or materials are recognized in the field, the
general contractor will be verbally notified as soon as possible so that the problem may be resolved prior
to the performance of additional work. Deficient laboratory results are reported by e-mail to the client,
structural engineer, and general contractor by the Project Engineer. Copies of reports will be forwarded
to each party by e-mail as requested by the client, at no extra charge, as part of our service. Upon request,
ECS will provide a separate invoice for services provided outside the scope of services for the estimated
cost.
All scheduling requests must be made in writing (text or email) before 3:00 pm the business day prior
to service so that the proper personnel may be scheduled for the required task. The appropriate
contractor or owner representative should contact our project manager to provide the appropriate level
of staffing to meet the project requirements. Each scheduling request will be assigned a work order
number so that the scheduled testing is documented.
Invoices will be issued on a monthly basis and will provide a breakdown of billing units. They are normally
processed on or around the 10th of each month and represent costs incurred during the previous month.
These invoices will also display a monthly cumulative summary of project costs to date. This monthly
summary will serve as a means of monitoring job expenses as they relate to job progress. We request that
payment be rendered within 30 days of receipt of the invoice. ECS reserves the right to assess a finance
charge of 1.5% per month on the outstanding balance over 30 days. ECS also reserves the right to withhold
final certifications until outstanding balances have been paid in full.
SUMMARY AND ACCEPTANCE
Attached to this letter, and an integral part of our proposal, are our “Terms and Conditions of Service”.
These conditions represent the current recommendations of the GBA Professional Firms Practicing in the
GeoSciences, the Consulting Engineers' Council, and the Geo-Institute of the American Society of Civil
Engineers.
Our insurance carrier requires that we receive written authorization prior to initiation of work, and a
signed contract prior to the release of any work product. This letter is the agreement for our services.
Your acceptance of this proposal may be indicated by signing and returning the enclosed copy to us. We
are pleased to have this opportunity to offer our services and look forward to working with you on the
project.

ECS Proposal # 08:32719P
Page | 5Packet 10-13-26
Agenda

Page 199199

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
TOWN OF INDIAN TRAIL

ORDINANCE #102

AMENDING CAPITAL PROJECT ORDINANCE #095 FOR
CHESTNUT SQUARE PARK (ACCESS ROAD)
WHEREAS, the Town of Indian Trail desires to promote safe and efficient motor vehicle movement in the
Town; and
WHEREAS, certain grant funding to accomplish this goal is available and has been approved for the Town
of Indian Trail,
BE IT ORDAINED by Town Council of the Town of Indian Trail, North Carolina, that, pursuant to Section
13.2 of Chapter 159 of the General Statutes of North Carolina, the following capital project ordinance is
hereby adopted:
SECTION 1. The project authorized is the Chestnut Square Park (Access Road).
SECTION 2. The officers of the Town are hereby directed to proceed with the capital project within the
terms of the grant documents and budget contained herein.
SECTION 3. The following amount is appropriated for this project:

Design
Construction
Total:

CPO #095

CPO #102

$66,600
$977,900

$66,600
$989,732

$1,044,500

$1,056,332

SECTION 4. The following revenues are anticipated to complete this project:
NC SCIF Grant-Capital Improvements

$1,056,332
Total:

Agenda Packet 10-13-26

$1,056,332

Page 200200

SECTION 5. The Finance Director is hereby directed to maintain within the capital project fund sufficient
detailed accounting records to satisfy the requirements of an annual independent audit. The terms of the
bond resolution also shall be met.
SECTION 6. Funds may be advanced from the General Fund for the purpose of making payments as due.
SECTION 7. The Finance Director is directed to report, on a quarterly basis, on the financial status of the
project element in Section 3 and on the total revenues received or claimed.
SECTION 8. The Budget Officer is directed to include a detailed analysis of past and future costs and
revenues on the capital project in every budget submission made to this Council.
SECTION 9. Any unexpended funds appropriated shall be reserved by the Town Council for use as
provided by applicable law or regulation.
SECTION 10. The Finance Director is authorized from time to time to transfer as a loan from the General
Fund in an amount necessary to met obligations until such time as funding is received. When Funds are
received, repayments to the General Fund may be made.
SECTION 11. Copies of this capital project ordinance shall be made available to the Clerk and the Finance
Director for direction in carrying out this project.
ADOPTED BY THE TOWN COUNCIL this the 13th day of October, 2026.

_______________________________
David Cohn, Mayor
Attest:

________________________________
Trena Wiggins, Town Clerk

2
Agenda